technical manual

Manual No. '11 • KX-T-166
updated November 27, 2014
TECHNICAL MANUAL
VRF INVERTER MULTI-SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS
Alternative refrigerant R410A use models
(OUTDOOR UNIT)
KX6 series (Heat pump type)
FDCR224KXE6
FDCR280KXE6
Page
Service code
Model
History of service code
FDCR224KXE6
1
L
FDCR280KXE6
1
L
•
Changes
1 → L Exterior dimensions are changed to comply with
amended safety standard for LVD(EN60335-1:2012)
Note
⑴ Regarding the Indoor unit series, refer to the manual No.'10
Service code Exterior dimensions
1
P3
L
P153
KX-DB-144
⑵ Regarding the Duct Connected-High static Pressure-type Outdoor Air Processing Unit Series
(FDU500
AMP Air Conditioning
1800FKXE6), refer to the DATA BOOK No.'08
KX-DB-122
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
CONTENTS
1 GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................... 1
1.1 Increased indoor unit connection capacity ................................................... 1
1.2 How to read the model name ....................................................................... 1
1.3 Branch pipe set and Header pipe set ........................................................... 1
2 OUTDOOR UNIT ............................................................................................... 2
2.1 Specifications ............................................................................................... 2
2.2 Exterior dimensions ..................................................................................... 3
2.3 Electrical wiring ............................................................................................ 6
2.4 Noise level ................................................................................................... 7
3 RANGE OF USAGE & LIMITATIONS .............................................................. 8
4 SELECTION CHART ...................................................................................... 10
5 PIPING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 17
6 APPLICATION DATA ..................................................................................... 19
6.1 Cautions for reuse of existing pipes ......................................................... 19
6.2 Installation of outdoor unit .......................................................................... 22
6.3 Method for connecting the accessory pipe ................................................ 38
6.4 Installation work check sheet (For heat pump unit) ................................... 39
6.5 Check operation procedure ........................................................................ 41
6.6 Instructions for installing the branch pipe set (option) ................................ 49
6.7 Service valve kit installation manual .......................................................... 53
6.8 Pipe washing check sheet ......................................................................... 55
6.9 Instruction manual piping re-fresh kit ......................................................... 56
7 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER .................. 58
7.1 Operation control function by the outdoor controller .................................. 58
8 SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ............................................ 89
8.1 Basics of troubleshooting ........................................................................... 89
8.2 Explanation of troubleshooting ................................................................... 90
8.3 Contents of troubleshooting ....................................................................... 91
8.4 Outdoor unit control PCB replacement procedure ................................... 146
8.5 Inverter PCB replacement procedure ...................................................... 148
9 OUTDOOR UNIT (Service code L) ............................................................. 153
9.1 Exterior dimensions .................................................................................. 153
#
AMP Air Conditioning
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Increased indoor unit connection capacity
• Capacity from 50% to 130% is possible
Item
Number of connectable
Connectable capacity
FDCR224KXE6
1 to 13 units
112 ~ 292
FDCR280KXE6
1 to 16 units
140 ~ 364
Model
1.2
How to read the model name
(1) Outdoor unit
Example: FDCR 224 KX
E
6
Series No.
Application power source...See the specifications
Multi KX series
Nominal capacity (nominal cooling capacity : 22.4kW)
Model name (Outdoor unit)
1.3
Branch pipe set and Header pipe set
(1) Branch pipe set (Option)
Total capacity downstream
Branching pipe set
Less than 180
DIS-22-1G
180 or more but less than 371
DIS-180-1G
(2) Header pipe set (Option)
Total capacity downstream
Header set model type
Number of branches
Less than 180
HEAD4-22-1G
4 branches at the most
180 or more but less than 371
HEAD6-180-1G
6 branches at the most
Note
This unit complies with EN61000-3-3.
For outdoor unit, EN61000-3-2 is not applicable as consent by the utility company or notification to the utility company is given
before usage.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
2 OUTDOOR UNIT
2.1 Specifications
Models
Nominal cooling capacity*1
Nominal heating capacity*2
Power source
Power consumption
Running current
Sound Pressure Level（Cool／Heat）
Exterior dimensions
Height × Width × Depth
Exterior appearance
（Munsell color）
Net weight
Refrigerant equipment
compressor type & Q'ty
Motor
Starting method
connectable capacity
capacity control range
Crankcase heater
Refrigerant equipment
Heat exchanger
Refrigerant control
Refrigerant
Quantity
Refrigerant oil
Defrost control
Air handling equipment
fan type & Q'ty
Motor
Starting method
Air flow（Standard）
Static Pressure
Shock & vibration absorber
Notes
FDCR280KXE6
22.4
25.0
28.0
31.5
kW
Cool
Heat
Cool
Heat
380-415V 3N∼ 50Hz
5.60
6.03
9.25／8.47
9.85／9.02
58／58
kW
A
dB（A）
stucco white
（4.2 Y 7.5 ／ 1.1）near equivalent
224
kg
GTC5150NH40K×1
kW
3.81
%
%
W
50-130
27-114
GTC5150NH40K×1
5.22
Direct line start
50-130
20-115
33
Straight fin & inner grooved tubing
Electronic expansion valve
R410A
11.5
1.7（M-MA32R）
MC controlled De-Icer
kg
l
Propeller fan × 2
W
144×2
Direct line start
200
Max.35
Rubber mount（for compressor）
Compressor over current protection ／ abnormal high pressure protection
abnormal low pressure protection ／ abnormal discharge temperture protection ／ over current protection
φ9.52（3／8"）∼φ15.88（5／8"）
φ19.05（3／4"）∼φ25.4（1"）
φ22.22（7／8"）∼φ28.58（1 1／8"）
Liquid：Flare ／ Gas：Brazing
Hole for drain（φ20 ×4）
Necessary（both Liquid & Gas lines）
CMM
Pa
Liquid Line
Gas Line
mm（in）
(1) The data are measured at the following conditions. (The piping length is 7.5m)
Item
8.09
8.21
13.22／12.10
13.41／12.28
59／60
1675×1080×480
mm
safety equipment
Installation data
Refrigerant piping size
Connecting method
Drain
Insullation for piping
Accessories
FDCR224KXE6
Indoor air temperature
Outdoor air temperature
Operation
DB
WB
DB
WB
Cooling*1
27:
19:
35:
24:
Heating*2
20:
-
7:
6:
Adapted to RoHS directive
Standards
ISO-T1
(2) This packaged air-conditioner is manufactured and tested in conformity with the following standard.
ISO-T1 "UNITARY AIR-CONDITIONERS"
(3) Refer to the technical data about below.
・Reusability of the existing pipes.
・Necessity of Re-fresh kit and Service valve kit when washing existing pipes.
PCB003Z361
-
AMP Air Conditioning
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
Intake
L4
Outlet
F1
F2
F3
F4
43※
60
120
69
48
L1
Service
space
B
C
D
E
69※
Intake
A
Minimum installation space
G
Content
Service valve connection of the
attached connecting pipe（gas side）
Service valve connection（liquid side）
Pipe／cable draw-out hole
Drain discharge hole
Anchor bolt hole
Cable draw-out hole
Cable draw-out hole
Cable draw-out hole
Cable draw-out hole
Connecting position of the local pipe.（gas side）
φ19.05（3／4"）
（Flare）
φ12.7（1／2"）
（Flare）
4places
φ20×4places
M10×4places
φ30
φ45
φ22
φ34
φ25.4（1"）
（Brazing）
22
Notes
（1）It must not be surrounded by walls on the four sides.
（2）The unit must be fixed with anchor bolts. An anchor bolt must not
protrude more the 15mm.
（3）Where the unit is subject to strong winds, lay it in such
a direction that the blower outlet faces perpendicularly
to the dominant wind direction.
（4）Leave 1m or more space above the unit.
（5）A wall in front of the blower outlet must not exceed the units height.
（6）The model name label is attached on the lower right corner of the front.
（7）Connect the Service valve with local pipe by using the pipe of the attachment.
（Gas side only）
（8）Mark ※ shows the connecting posotion of the local pipe.（Gas side only）
1675
Terminal Block
B
A
690
50
80
D
42
34
155
161
55 84
55
174
84
553
634
35
159
194※
30
30
C
105
520
480
19
39
E
F3
989
67
42
701
C
50
124
F4
461
421
8
56 F 4
64
Examples of
installation
Dimensions
L1
L2
L3
L4
Unit:mm
Ｉ
Open
300
300
250（5） *2
Ｉ
Ｉ
Ｉ
Ｉ
Ｉ
Open
5
300
250（5） *2
1500（500）
Open
300
250（5） *2
*1
*1 Figure in（ ）shows the value applicable when
the flex flow adaptor is installed.
*2 Under the setting condition as specified in（ ）,it is necessary
to secure 250 mm for the dimension L4 when replacing the
compressor. Establish this for example by moving the unit
during the work.
'11 • KX-T-166
PCB003Z362
AMP Air Conditioning
195
F2
C
141
241
321
361
195
19
39
E
55
20
1080
54
14
G
84
-
F3
F 1 C 51
2.2 Exterior dimensions
L2
Symbol
B
A
G
(1) Outdoor unit
Models FDCR224KXE6, 280KXE6
L3
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
Connecting hole
（Ø25.4）for pipe at
refrigerant gas side
（To outdoor unit）
476
506
150
430
22
37
150
Connecting hole
（Ø25.4）for pipe at
refrigerant gas side
（To indoor unit）
62
160
215
Indoor
27
Outdoor
(2) Service valve kit
Hole for 4- anchor bolt
（for M10 bolt）
63
300
-
-
Notes 1.Install the Service valve kit when carrying out the
washing operation utilizing existing pipes.
For the outdoor units which can use this kit, refer to the
technical data.
2.The Service valve kit cannot be installed upside-down.
Install the kit at level.
3.Use new pipes to connect between the Service valve kit
and the outdoor unit. It is prohibited to use existing pipes.
Restrict the actual pipe lenght no longer than 3m.
4.Secure the service spaces shown in the figure below.
（Rear）
1350
Service space
（Necessary for washing operation）
Secure also an overhead space sufficient
for working in a standing position.
Model
FDCR-V-KIT-E
Weight
10.7kg
'11 • KX-T-166
PCB003Z365
AMP Air Conditioning
500
（Front）
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
25
125
(3) Pipe Re-fresh Kit
Model : FDCR-KIT-E
404
Accessory
602
62
351
（189）
Flexible tube x 2pcs.
Accumulator
-
Check joint L
Check valve
Flange fixing bolt x 8pcs.
Check joint R
Bypass gas pipe
service valve
Bypass gas pipe
service valve
158
Flange
Oil drain hole
201
151 126
'11 • KX-T-166
PCB003Z366
AMP Air Conditioning
Gasket x 4pcs.
47
Flange
Oil drain hole
1283
-
Strainer
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
52X1
52X2
SA
CNN9
（BK）
CNN4
（OR）
CNQ3
（Y）
CNL1
（BL）
7SEG2
SW3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-
-
MS
3∼
CNL2 CNZ1
（WH） （RD）
EEVH
EEVSC
t°
t°
Silent mode
input
External
CNS1
WH
（GN）
input
t°
CNP1
（YE）
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
Y
t°
Tho-H
FMo2
t°
t°
Tho-C1
FMo1
t°
Tho-R2
M
Tho-A
M
Tho-D1
M
Cooling／Heating
forced input
CNG2 WH
（WH）
PC
（RS232C）
LED3
CNB2 CNF1 CNF2 CNU1
（RD） （WH） （GN） （BL）
CNTH
（WH）
t°
M
LED2
WH
CNS2
WH
（RD）
Black
Blue
Brown
Green
Gray
Orange
Red
White
Yellow
Pink
Yellow／Green
Demand
input
BK
LED1
Tho-SC
J15
BK
J14
Tho-S
J13
CNEEV2
（BL）
RD
CNEEV1
（RD）
BL
OR
Y
WH
CNFAN_2
（WH）
J12
BK
SW7
RD
CNFAN_1
（WH）
CNG1
（BL）
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CNV
J11
Operation
output
Trouble
CNY
（WH） output
SW6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Reseave
output
BK
BL
BR
GN
GR
OR
RD
WH
Y
P
Y／GN
t°
W
SW1
SW2
SW3-1
SW3-2
SW3-3
SW3-4,5
SW3-6
SW3-7
SW3-8
SW4-1∼4
SW4-5,6
SW4-7,8
SW5-1
SW5-2
SW5-3
SW5-4
SW5-5
SW5-6∼8
SW6-1∼8
SW7
SW8
SW9
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Address setting SW outdoor unit No.（2 digits）
Address setting SW outdoor unit No.（1 digit）
Inspection LED reset
Spare
Model setting
Spare
Pipe washing operation
Normal operation
Forced heating／cooling mode
Normal operation
Test mode
Normal operation
Model setting
Demand switching
Spare
Test run
Normal operation
Cooling at test run
Heating at test run
Pump-down operation
Normal operation
Spare
Super Link communication
Super Link communication
Spare
Spare
Data delete／write
7-segment indication up（1 digit）
7-segment indication up（2 digits）
TB1,2
Tho-A
Tho-C1
Tho-D1
Tho-H
Tho-P1
Tho-R1
Tho-R2
Tho-S
Tho-SC
X01∼03,06∼09
7SEG1
7SEG2
20S
52X1,2
63H1-1
63H1-R1,2
Terminal block
External air thermistor
Under-dome thermistor
Discharge pipe thermistor
Super-cooling coil thermistor 2
Power transistor thermistor
Heat exchanger thermistor 1（Exit／front）
Heat exchanger thermistor 1（Exit／rear）
Suction pipe thermistor
Super-cooling coil thermistor 1
Aux. relay
7-segment LED（Data display）
7-segment LED（Function display）
4-way switching solenoid
Solenoid for CM
High pressure switch
High pressure switch
'11 • KX-T-166
PCB003Z364
Crankcase heater
Compressor motor
Connector
Current sensor
Electrolytic capacitor
Diode module
Heating expansion valve
Super-cooling coil expansion valve
Fan motor
Fuse
Intelligent power module
Power supply, voltage switching
External input switching level／pulse
Spare
Defrosting start temperature selection,
normal／cold region
Inspection（Red）
Normal（Yellow） Flashing
Normal（Green）
Service（Green）
DC reactor
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
PCB
Rush current suppression resistor
Solenoid valve（fluid return）
Solenoid valve（oil return）
Solenoid valve（gas bypass）
Solenoid valve（gas bypass）
V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tho-R1
LED1（INV）
SW5
SW8
CONTROL
PWB1
RD
CNI1
（WH）
SW4
SW9
WH
OR
BR
BL
CNA2
（BR）
PSL
BK
WH
RD
BK
WH
RD
PSH
CNQ1
（WH）
Color symbol
63H1-R2
BK
BK
RD
BL
BL
BL
BL
CNN2
（GN）
63H1-R1
63H1-1
SV12
SV11
Tho-P1
CNA1
（WH）
RD
R3
RD
7SEG1
RD
RD R1
R2
BL
Y
YYE
RD
YE
RD
+
C1
RD
CNA
BL
P （WH）
IPM
U V W CNI2
（WH）
U
CM
AMP Air Conditioning
CNN6
（PK）
N
RD
INVERTER
PWB2
RD
WH
R4
BL
CNR
（WH）
RD
BL
BL
A2 B2
SW2
ON
OFF
WH
+
C2
WH
BETWEEN THE OUTDOOR UNITS
shows
local wiring.
CNN1
（RD）
CNM1
（GY）
SV6
CNH
（BL）
SW1
F1（10A）
L1
L2
A1 B1
LED1
LED1（INV）
LED2
LED3
L1~L3
PSH
PSL
PWB1~3
R1
SV1
SV6
SV11
SV12
+4
NETWORK CONNECTOR
BETWEEN THE INDOOR UNIT
AND THE OUTDOOR UNIT
CH1
CM
CNA-Z1
CT1
C1
DM
EEVH
EEVSC
FMo1,2
F1
IPM
J11,12
J13
J14
J15
DM R5
CNSL1,2
BK
CNR1
（WH）
SV1
CNX1
（YE）
BK
BK
BK
BK
WH
BK
GN
BK
SIGNAL
LINE
K -6
WH
RDRD
AC1
AC2
AC3
G
BL
20S
BL
OR
Y
WH
BL
POWER SOURCE
WH
52X2
WH
380／415V 3N∼ 50Hz
TB2
A1
B1
A2
B2
CNW
（RD）
WH
OR
BR
BL
Earth leakage
breaker
52X1
CH1
BK
No
BK
E
L3o
GN
Circuit breaker
for cabling
Ni
Va1
Va2
Va3
GN
L2o WH
BR
L3i
BK
L3
RD
L1o
RD
BK
WH
BL
NOISE
FILTER
PWB3
RD
WH
L2i
RD
WH
BL
L1i
WH
2.3 Electrical wiring
4
RD
Models FDCR224KXE6, 280KXE6
TB1
L1
L2
L3
N
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
2.4 Noise level
Measured based on JIS B 8616
Mike position as highest noise level in position as below
Distance from front side1m
Height1m
Model
FDCR224KXE6
㪝㪛㪚㪧㪉㪉㪋㪊㪟㪣㪯㪰
Noise level 58 dB (A)
಄ᚱ
Cooling
Noise level 58 dB (A)
Heating
㪏㪇
80
㪏㪇
80
N80
㪎㪇
Souud Pressure Level (dB)
-5
(standard 2×10 Pa)
Souud Pressure Level (dB)
㖸࿶䊧䊔䊦䋨㪻䌂䋩
-5
(standard 2×10 Pa)
䋨ၮḰ㖸࿶㪇㪅㪇㪇㪇㪉䊙䉟䉪䊨䊋䊷䊦䋩
㪥㪏㪇
㪎㪇
㪥㪎㪇
㪍㪇
㪍㪇
㪥㪍㪇
㪌㪇
㪌㪇
㪥㪌㪇
㪋㪇
㪋㪇
㪥㪋㪇
㪥㪊㪇
㪊㪇
㪍㪊
㪈㪉㪌
㪉㪌㪇
㪌㪇㪇
㪈㪇㪇㪇
㪉㪇㪇㪇
㪋㪇㪇㪇
70
70
N70
60
60
N60
50
50
N50
40
40
30
㪊㪇
㪏㪇㪇㪇
N40
N30
63
Mid
Octave Band Frequency (Hz)
䉥䉪䉺䊷䊑ਛᔃ๟ᵄᢙ㩷䋨䌈㫑䋩㩷
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
Model FDCR280KXE6
Noise level 59 dB (A)
Cooling
Noise level 60 dB (A)
Heating
80
80
80
80
70
N80
Souud Pressure Level (dB)
-5
(standard 2×10 Pa)
Souud Pressure Level (dB)
-5
(standard 2×10 Pa)
N80
70
N70
60
60
N60
50
50
N50
40
40
N40
N30
30
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
30
8000
70
70
N70
60
60
N60
50
50
N50
40
40
N40
N30
30
63
Mid Octave Band Frequency (Hz)
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
80
80
80
70
N80
Souud Pressure Level (dB)
-5
(standard 2×10 Pa)
Souud Pressure Level (dB)
-5
(standard 2×10 Pa)
N80
70
N70
60
60
N60
50
50
N50
40
40
N40
N30
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
30
8000
70
70
N70
60
60
N60
50
50
N50
40
40
N40
N30
30
63
Mid Octave Band Frequency (Hz)
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
30
8000
Mid Octave Band Frequency (Hz)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
30
8000
Mid Octave Band Frequency (Hz)
80
30
30
8000
Mid Octave Band Frequency (Hz)
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
3 RANGE OF USAGE & LIMITATIONS
System
FDCR280KXE6
FDCR224KXE6
Item
Indoor intake air temperature
(Upper, lower limits)
Please see the next page.
Outdoor air temperature
(Upper, lower limits)
Indoor units
that can be
used in
combination
Number of connected units
1 to 13 unit
1 to 16 unit
Connectable capacity (1)
112 ~ 292
140 ~ 364
Total piping length
510m or less
Main pipe length
130m or less
Single direction piping length
Actual length : 160m or less, Eguivalent length : 185m or less
90m or less (However, difference between the longest and shortest piping : 40m or less)
Allowable pipe length from the first branching
Elevation difference between the first branching point and the indoor unit
18m or less
Difference in
height between
indoor and outdoor
units
Outdoor unit is higher
50m or less
Outdoor unit is lower
40m or less
15m or less
Difference in the elevation of indoor units in a system
Indoor unit atmosphere (behind ceiling)
temperature and humidity
Only models FDT, FDTC, FDTW, FDTS, FDTQ,
FDU, FDUM, FDQS, FDUH
Compressor
stop/start
frequency
Dew point temperature 28 or less, relative humidity 80% or less
(FDE, FDK, FDFL, FDFU : Dew point temperature 23 or less, relative humidity 80% or less)
6 min or more (3 minutes or more from start to stop or 3 minutes or more from stop to start)
1 cycle time
3 min or more
Stop time
Power source
voltage
Voltage fluctuation
Within 10% of rated voltage
Voltage drop during start
Within 15% of rated voltage
Phase unbalance
Within
3% of rated voltage
Allowable length of refrigerant piping, height difference between indoor and outdoor unit
(1) Branch pipe method (using branch piping)
Outdoor Outdoor
unit unit
Indoor
unitunit
Indoor
First branch
First branch
At the most, 90 m or less
MAX. 90m
(2) Header System (Header used)
Outdoor unit
40 m or less (2)
MAX. 15m
MAX. 18m
MAX. 130m
MAX. 15m
MAX. 18m
MAX. 18m
(Highest
indoor
unit)
(Highest
indoor
unit)
MAX. 18m
At the most, 130m or less
50m
(Outdoor unit is lower : 40m)
50m
(Outdoor unit is lower : 40m)
MAX. 90m
denotes
denotes
(Lowest indoor unit)
(Lowest indoor unit)
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
40 m or less (2)
(Header)
18m
First branch
At the most, 90m or less
MAX. 15m
(Header)
MAX. 15m
MAX. 18m
(Highest indoor unit)
MAX. 18m MAX.MAX. 18m
First branch
At the most, 130m or less
MAX. 130m
50m
(Outdoor unit is lower : 40m)
50m
(Outdoor unit is lower : 40m)
(Highest indoor unit)
(Lowest indoor unit)
Note (1) A branch piping system cannot be connected after a header system.
(Lowest indoor unit)
(2) 90m or less (However, difference between the longest and shortest piping : 40m or less)
MAX. 90m
-
AMP Air Conditioning
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(3) Mixed System (Branch piping and Header used)
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
(Highest indoor unit)
MAX.40m(2)
Ⅱ
Ⅲ
(Header)
Ⅳ
MAX.18m
First branch
Ⅴ
MAX.15m
MAX.18m
Ⅰ
MAX.130m
(Outdoor unit is lower: 40m)
50m
MAX.90m(2)
Ⅵ
MAX.90m(2)
(Lowest indoor unit)
Note (1) A branch piping system cannot be connected after a header system.
(2) 90m or less (However, difference between the longest and shortest piping : 40m or less)
Operating temperature range
Cooling operation
Outdoor air D.B.
temperature
˚C D.B.
Applicable range
43
40
35
30
25
20
26
24
0
Heating operation
Indoor air D.B.
temperature
˚C D.B.
-5
-15
14
16
18
20
22
Indoor air W.B. temperature ˚C W.B.
27
25
20
15
10
-25
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
Outdoor air W.B. temperature ˚C W.B.
“CAUTION” Cooling operation under low outdoor air temperature conditions
KXE6 models can be operated in cooling mode at low outdoor air temperature condition within above temperature range. However
in case of severely low temperature conditions if the following precaution is not observed, it may not be operated in spite of operable
temperature range mentioned above and cooling capacity may not be established under certain conditions.
[Precaution]
In case of severely low temperature condition
1) Install the outdoor unit at the place where strong wind cannot blow directly into the outdoor unit.
2) If there is no installation place where can prevent strong wind from directly blowing into the outdoor unit, prepare a windbreak
fence or something like that locally in order to divert the strong wind from the outdoor unit.
[Reason]
Under the low outdoor air temperature conditions of -5 or lower, if strong wind directly blow into the outdoor unit, the outdoor heat
exchanger temperature will drop, even though the outdoor fan is stopped by outdoor fan control. This makes high and low pressures
to drop as well. This low pressure drop makes the indoor heat exchanger temperature to drop and will activate anti-frost control at
indoor heat exchanger at frequent intervals, that cooling operation may not be established for any given time.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
4 SELECTION CHART
(1) Equipment selection flow
Calculate the load for each room separately, then determine the indoor load.
Select an indoor unit that matches the indoor load (tentative).
Calculate the temperature compensation,
then calculate the indoor unit capacity.
(See item (2) (a) for the calculation method.)
Indoor unit
capacity (tentative)
Indoor Load
Change the indoor unit.
Select the outdoor unit (tentative).
NO
Calculate temperature compensation and piping
compensation, etc., then calculate the outdoor unit
capacity. (See item (2) (b) for the calculation method.)
YES
Calculate the total indoor unit capacity.
Calculate the system capacity
(See item (2) (c) for the calculation method.)
NO
Total indoor unit
capacity System Capacity
Change the outdoor unit.
YES
Calculate the indoor unit capacity.
(See item (2) (d) for the calculation method.)
Indoor unit
capacity Indoor Load
NO
YES
Equipment selection complete.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
10 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(2) Capacity calculation method
(a) Calculating the indoor unit capacity compensation
Indoor unit capacity (cooling, heating) = Indoor unit total rated capacity
× Capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions
See item (3) (a) concerning the capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions.
(b) Calculating the outdoor unit capacity compensation
Outdoor Unit Capacity (Cooling, Heating) = Outdoor unit rated capacity (rated capacity when 100% connected)
× Capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions
× Capacity compensation coefficient according to piping length
× Capacity compensation coefficient according to height difference
× Correction of heating capacity in relation to the frost on the outdoor unit
heat exchanger
× Capacity compensation coefficient according to indoor unit connection
capacity
See item (3) (a) concerning the capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions.
See item (3) (c) concerning the capacity compensation coefficient according to piping length.
See item (3) (d) concerning the capacity compensation coefficient according to height difference. This compensation
should be carried out only in cases where the outdoor unit is lower during cooling and higher during heating.
See item (3) (e) correction of heating capacity in relation to the frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger. This compensation should be carried out only when calculating the heating capacity.
See item (3) (f) concerning the capacity compensation coefficient according to indoor unit connected capacity. This
compensation should be carried out only in cases where the indoor unit total capacity is 100% or higher.
(c) Calculating system capacity
Compare the capacities determined in items (a) and (b) above and let the smaller value be the system capacity (cooling,
heating).
In cases where indoor unit total capacity (cooling, heating) > outdoor unit capacity (cooling, heating)
System capacity (cooling, heating) = Outdoor unit capacity (cooling, heating)
In cases where indoor unit total capacity (cooling, heating) < outdoor unit capacity (cooling, heating)
System capacity (cooling, heating) = Indoor unit capacity (cooling, heating)
(d) Calculating indoor unit capacity [item (c) 1 only]
Indoor unit capacity (cooling, heating) = System capacity (cooling, heating)
× [(Indoor unit capacity) / (Indoor unit total capacity)]
Capacity calculation examples
Example 1
Cooling (when the indoor unit connected total capacity is less than 100%)
• Outdoor unit FDCR224KXE6...................................................... 1 Unit
• Indoor unit FDT56KXE6D.......................................................... 3 Units
• Piping length ............................................................................... 60 m (Equivalent length)
• Indoor, outdoor unit height difference......................................... 15 m (Outdoor unit is lower)
• Temperature conditions ............................................................... Outdoor temperature: 33˚C DB
• Temperature conditions................................................................ Indoor temperature: 19˚C WB
<Indoor unit total cooling capacity>: Item (2) (a) calculation.
• Indoor unit rated cooling capacity: 5.6 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions:
1.02 (Calculated according to Indoor 19˚C WB / Outdoor 33˚C DB); (See page 13)
.
Indoor unit cooling capacity: 5.6 kW × 1.02 =. 5.7 kW
• Indoor unit total cooling capacity calculation;
indoor unit total cooling capacity: 5.7 kW × 3 units = 17.1 kW
<Outdoor unit maximum cooling capacity> : Item (2) (b) calculation
• Outdoor unit rated cooling capacity: 22.4 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions:
1.02 (Calculated according to Indoor 19˚C WB / Outdoor 33˚C DB); (See page 13)
.
Outdoor unit cooling capacity: 22.4 kW × 1.02 =. 22.8 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to piping length: 0.92 (calculated according to 60 m length); (See page 15)
.
22.8 kW × 0.92 =. 21.0 kW
-
AMP Air Conditioning
11 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to height difference: 0.97 (calculated according to 15 m difference); (See page 16)
.
21.0 kW × 0.97 =. 20.4 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to indoor unit connected total capacity: 1.0 , (56 × 3) / 224 < 100%)
No compensation
<System cooling capacity>: Item (2) (c) calculation
Compare the indoor unit total cooling capacity and the outdoor unit maximum cooling capacity. The smaller value is the actual
system cooling capacity.
• Indoor unit total cooling capacity: 17.1 kW
e System cooling capacity: 17.1 kW
• Outdoor unit maximum cooling capacity: 20.4 kW
<Indoor unit capacity compensation> No compensation (5.7 kW)
Example 2
Cooling (when the indoor unit connected total capacity is 100% or higher)
• Outdoor unit FDCR224KXE6...................................................... 1 Unit
• Indoor unit FDT56KXE6D.......................................................... 5 Units
• Piping length ............................................................................... 60 m (Equivalent length)
• Indoor, outdoor unit height difference......................................... 15 m (Outdoor unit is higher)
• Temperature conditions ............................................................... Outdoor temperature: 35˚C DB
• Temperature conditions................................................................ Indoor temperature: 18˚C WB
<Indoor unit total cooling capacity>: Item (2) (a) calculation.
• Indoor unit rated cooling capacity: 5.6 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions:
0.95 (Calculated according to Indoor 18˚C WB / Outdoor 35˚C DB); (See page 13)
.
Indoor unit cooling capacity: 5.6 kW × 0.95 =. 5.3 kW
• Indoor unit total cooling capacity calculation;
.
indoor unit total cooling capacity: 5.3 kW × 5 units =. 26.5 kW
<Outdoor unit maximum cooling capacity> : Item (2) (b) calculation
• Outdoor unit rated cooling capacity: 22.4 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions:
0.95 (Calculated according to Indoor 18˚C WB / Outdoor 35˚C DB); (See page 13)
.
Outdoor unit cooling capacity: 22.4 kW × 0.95 =. 21.3 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to piping length: 0.92 (calculated according to 60 m length); (See page 15)
.
21.3 kW × 0.92 =. 19.6 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to height difference: 1.0 (the outdoor unit is higher during cooling)
No compensation
.
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to indoor unit connected total capacity: 1.08 , (56 × 5) / 224 =. 125%) (See page 16)
..
19.6 kW × 1.08 = 21.2 kW
<System cooling capacity>: Item (2) (c) calculation
Compare the indoor unit total cooling capacity and the outdoor unit maximum cooling capacity. The smaller value is the actual
system cooling capacity.
• Indoor unit total cooling capacity
: 26.5 kW e System cooling capacity: 21.2 kW
• Outdoor unit maximum cooling capacity: 21.2 kW
<Indoor unit cooling capacity Compensation>: Item (2) (d) calculation.
21.2 kW × 5.3 kW .
=. 4.2 kW
26.5 kW
Example 3
Heating (when the indoor unit connected total capacity is 100% or higher)
• Outdoor unit FDCR224KXE6...................................................... 1 Unit
• Indoor unit FDT56KXE6D.......................................................... 5 Units
• Piping length ............................................................................... 60 m (Equivalent length)
• Indoor, outdoor unit height difference......................................... 20 m (Outdoor unit is higher)
• Temperature conditions ............................................................... Outdoor temperature: 6˚C WB
• Temperature conditions................................................................ Indoor temperature: 19˚C DB
<Indoor unit total heating capacity>: Item (2) (a) calculation.
• Indoor unit rated heating capacity: 6.3 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to temprature conditions:
1.04 (Calculated according to Outdoor 6˚C WB / Indoor 19˚C DB); (See page 14)
.
Indoor unit heating capacity: 6.3 kW × 1.04 =. 6.6 kW
• Indoor unit total heating capacity calculation;
.
indoor unit total heating capacity: 6.6 kW × 5 units =. 33.0 kW
AMP Air Conditioning
-
12 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
<Outdoor unit maximum heating capacity> : Item (2) (b) calculation
• Outdoor unit rated heating capacity: 25.0 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to temperature conditions:
1.04 (Calculated according to Outdoor 6˚C WB / Indoor 19˚C DB); (See page 14)
Outdoor unit heating capacity: 25.0 kW × 1.04 = 26.0 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to piping length: 0.982 (calculated according to 60 m length); (See page 15)
.
26.0 kW × 0.982 =. 25.5 kW
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to height difference: 0.96 (calculated according to 20 m difference); (See page 16)
.
25.5 kW × 0.96 =. 24.5 kW
• Correction of heating capacity in relation to the frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger:
1.0 (calculated according to 6˚C WB); (See page 000)
.
24.5 kW × 1.0 =. 24.5 kW.
.
• Capacity compensation coefficient according to indoor unit connected total capacity: 1.0, (56 × 5) / 224 =. 125%) (See page 16)
.
24.5 kW × 1.0 =. 24.5 kW.
<System heating capacity>: Item (2) (c) calculation
Compare the indoor unit total heating capacity and the outdoor unit maximum heating capacity. The smaller value is the actual
system heating capacity.
: 33.0 kW e System heating capacity: 24.5 kW
• Indoor unit total heating capacity
• Outdoor unit maximum heating capacity: 24.5 kW
<Indoor unit heating capacity compensation> (Item (2) (d) calculation
24.5 kW × 6.6 kW .
=. 4.9 kW
33.0 kW
(3) Capacity compensation coefficient
(a) Capacity compensation coefficient and power consumption compensation coefficient according to indoor and outdoor temperature conditions.
1) Capacity compensation coefficient
SCooling
1.40
Indoor air W.B. temperature 24˚CWB
1.35
Indoor air W.B. temperature 26˚CWB
Capacity compensation conefficient
1.30
1.25
Indoor air W.B. temperature 22˚CWB
1.20
Indoor air W.B. temperature 21˚CWB
1.15
1.10
Indoor air W.B. temperature 20˚CWB
1.05
Indoor air W.B. temperature 19˚CWB
1.00
Indoor air W.B. temperature 18˚CWB
0.95
0.90
Indoor air W.B. temperature 17˚CWB
0.85
0.80
Indoor air W.B. temperature 16˚CWB
Indoor air W.B. temperature 15˚CWB
0.75
Indoor air W.B. temperature 14˚CWB
0.70
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
Outdoor air D.B. temperature (˚CDB)
Note (1) The above-mentioned table shows a typical condition among conditions to occur via controlling an air-conditioning equipment.
(2) When performing the cooling operation with the outdoor air temperature being -5°C or under, a windbreak fence must be
installed.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
13 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
SHeating
1.20
1.15
Outdoor air W.B. temperature 18˚CWB
Capacity compensation coefficient
1.10
Outdoor air W.B. temperature 10˚CWB
1.05
Outdoor air W.B. temperature 14˚CWB
1.00
Outdoor air W.B. temperature 6˚CWB
0.95
Outdoor air W.B. temperature 2˚CWB
0.90
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -2˚CWB
0.85
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -6˚CWB
0.80
0.75
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -10˚CWB
0.70
0.65
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -15˚CWB
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -20˚CWB
0.60
0.55
17
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Indoor air D.B. temperature(˚CDB)
Note (1) The above-mentioned table shows a typical condition among conditions to occur via controlling an air-conditioning equipment.
2) Power consumption correction factor
SCooling
1.25
Power consumption compensation coefficient
1.25
1.20
1.15
Indoor air W.B. temperature 26˚CWB
1.10
Indoor air W.B. temperature 24˚CWB
1.05
1.00
Indoor air W.B. temperature 22˚CWB
0.95
Indoor air W.B. temperature 21˚CWB
0.90
0.85
Indoor air W.B. temperature 20˚CWB
0.80
Indoor air W.B. temperature 19˚CWB
0.75
Indoor air W.B. temperature 18˚CWB
0.70
0.65
Indoor air W.B. temperature 17˚CWB
0.60
Indoor air W.B. temperature 16˚CWB
0.55
0.50
Indoor air W.B. temperature 15˚CWB
0
2
4
6
8
Indoor air W.B. temperature 14˚CWB
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42
Outdoor air D.B. temperature(˚CDB)
Note (1) The above-mentioned table shows a typical condition among conditions to occur via controlling an air-conditioning equipment.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
14 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
◆ Heating
1.25
Power consumption compensation coefficient
Outdoor air W.B. temperature 6˚CWB
1.20
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -2˚CWB
Outdoor air W.B. temperature 2˚CWB
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -6˚CWB
1.15
1.10
Outdoor air W.B.
temperature 10˚CWB
1.05
1.00
0.95
Outdoor air W.B.
temperature -15˚CWB
0.90
0.85
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -10˚CWB
0.80
Outdoor air W.B. temperature -20˚CWB
Outdoor air W.B. temperature 14˚CWB
0.75
Outdoorair W.B. temperature 18˚CWB
0.70
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Indoor air D.B. temperature(˚CDB)
Note (1) The above-mentioned table shows a typical condition among conditions to occur via controlling an air-conditioning equipment.
(c) Correction of cooling and heating capacity in relation to one way length of refrigerant piping.
(Note) This table is for reference only. If the refrigerant piping one way equivalent after the first branch is extended longer than 40 m, it could
drop further by about 10% in the worst case.
1) Cooling
Model : FDCR224KXE6
Model : FDCR280KXE6
1.00
Capacity compensation
coefficient
Capacity compensation
coefficient
1.00
0.95
Liquid line:φ12.7
0.90 Gas line:φ25.4
Liquid line:φ12.7
Gas line:φ22.22
0.85
Liquid line:φ9.52
Gas line:φ19.05
0.80
0
20
40
60
80 90 100
120
140
160
0.95
Liquid line:φ15.88
Gas line:φ28.58
0.90
0.85
0.80
180
Refrigerant piping one way equivalent length (m)
Liquid line:φ12.7
Gas line:φ25.4
Liquid line:φ9.52
Gas line:φ22.22
0
20
40
60
80 90 100
120
140
160
180
Refrigerant piping one way equivalent length (m)
2) Heatling
All models
Capacity compensation
coefficient
1.00
0.98
0.96
0.94
0.92
0.90
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
Refrigerant piping one way equivalent length (m)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
15 -
#
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Note (1) Equivalent piping length can be obtained by calculating as follows.
Equivalent piping length = Real gas piping length + Number of bends in gas piping × Equivalent piping length of bends.
Unit : m/one part
Equivalent length of each joint
φ9.52
0.15
φ12.7
0.20
φ15.88
0.25
φ19.05
0.30
φ22.22
0.35
φ25.4
0.40
φ28.58
0.45
φ31.8
0.55
(d) When the outdoor unit is located at a lower height than the indoor unit in cooling operation and when the
outdoor unit is located at a higher height than the indoor unit in heating operation, the following values
should be subtracted from the values in the above table.
Height difference between the indoor unit and
outdoor unit in the vertical height difference
Adjustment coefficient
Height difference between the indoor unit and
outdoor unit in the vertical height difference
Adjustment coefficient
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
25 m
30 m
0.99
0.98
0.97
0.96
0.95
0.94
35 m
40 m
45 m
50 m
0.93
0.92
0.91
0.90
(e) Correction of heating capacity in relation to the frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger
Air inlet temperature of
outdoor unit in ˚C WB
Adjustment coefficient
-20
-15
-13
-11
-9
-7
-5
-3
-1
1
3
5 or more
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.94
0.93
0.91
0.88
0.86
0.87
0.92
1
The correction factors will change drastically according to weather conditions. So necessary adjustment should be
made empirically according to the weather data of the particular area.
(f)
The capacity compensation coefficient and power consumption compensation coefficient vary
according to the total capacity of concurrently operating indoor units, as shown below.
(Note) This table shows typical values.
Model FDCA140HKXEN4A, 140HKXES4A
◆ Capacity
coefficient
Modelscompensation
: FDCR 224KXE6,
280KXE6
� Capability compensation coefficient
1.2
1.0
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
Heating
Heating
Capability
compensation
Capacity
compensation
coefficient
coefficient
1.2
Capability compensation
coefficient
Capacity compensation
coefficient
Cooling
Cooling
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
1.0
1.0
0.8
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
00
0Total capacity
20
40
60operating
80indoor 100
of concurrently
units (%) 120
20capacity40of concurrently
60
80
100 units120
Total
operating
indoor
(%)
0
1.2
1.2
Total capacity of concurrently operating indoor unit (%)
Total capacity of concurrently operating indoor unit (%)
� Power consumption compensation coefficient
Cooling
1.2
Power consumption
compensation coefficient
Power consumption
compensation coefficient
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 110 120 130
Total capacity of concurrently operating indoor units (%)
Heating
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 110 120 130
Total capacity of concurrently operating indoor units (%)
(Note) If the connecting capacity of the indoor unit exceeds 130%, consider the connecting capacity as 130%.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
16 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
㪟㪼㪸㫋
㪼㫏㪺㪿㪸㫅㪾㪼㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉 㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪘㪀
㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪩㪈㪃㪉㪀
㪧㫀㫇㪼㩷㫉㪼㪄㪽㫉㪼㫊㪿㩷㫂㫀㫋
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪊
㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪘㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋
㪟㪼㪸㫋
㪼㫏㪺㪿㪸㫅㪾㪼㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
6JK#
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪉㪀
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪊㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
6JK4
㪘㪺㪺㫌㫄㫃㪸㫋㫆㫉
㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪮㫀㫋㪿㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㫇㫆㫉㫋㪀㪚㪸㫇㫀㫃㫃㪸㫉㫐
㩿㪪㪭㪈㪉㪀
㫋㫌㪹㪼
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂
㩿㪮㫀㫋㪿㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㩷㪾㪼㩷㫇㫆㫉㫋㪀
㩷㫁㫆㫀㫅㫋
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㫅㫀㪺
㪼㫏㫇㪸㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㩿㪜㪜㪭㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪮㫀㫋㪿㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㫇㫆㫉㫋㪀
㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪙㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋
㪟㪼㪸㫋
㪼㫏㪺㪿㪸㫅㪾㪼㫉
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
-
17 -
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫁㫆㫀㫅㫋
㪣㫆㫎㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼
㫊㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㩿㪧㪪㪣㪀
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪛㪈㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪪㪭㪍㪀
㪚㫆㫄㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫆㫉
㪪㫌㪹㪄
㪺㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㫆㫀㫃
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪟㫆㪄㪪㪀
㪟㫀㪾㪿㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㫊㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿
㩿㪍㪊㪟㪈㪄㪈㪀
1KN
UGRCTCVQT
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪚㪈㪀
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪘㪀㩷
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉㪀
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪉㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪪㪭㪈㪈㪀
㪟㫀㪾㪿㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼
㫊㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㩿㪧㪪㪟㪀
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫁㫆㫀㫅㫋
㪚㪸㫇㫀㫃㫃㪸㫉㫐
㫋㫌㪹㪼
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪈
㪋㫎㪸㫐㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪚㪸㫇㫀㫃㫃㪸㫉㫐
㫋㫌㪹㪼
㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪪㪭㪈㪀
㪚㪸㫇㫀㫃㫃㪸㫉㫐
㫋㫌㪹㪼
㪘㪺㪺㫌㫄㫃
㪸㫋㫆㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪟㪀 㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㫅㫀㪺
㩷㪼㫏㫇㪸㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩷㩿㪜㪜㪭㪟㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪩㪼㪺㪼㫀㫍㪼㫉
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㫅㫀㪺
㪼㫏㫇㪸㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㩿㪜㪜㪭㪀
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㪪㫌㪹㪄㪺㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㫆㫀㫃
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼㩿㪮㫀㫋㪿㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㫇㫆㫉㫋㪀㩿㪫㪟㫆㪄㪪㪚㪀 㪟㫀㪾㪿㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㫊㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿
㩿㪍㪊㪟㪈㪄㪩㪈㪀
㪣㫀㫈㫌㫀㪻㩷㫃㫀㫅㪼
㪫㫆㩷㫅㪼㫏㫋㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㫊㩷㪹㫐
㫋㫌㫉㫅
0QVGU
2TGUGVRQKPVQHRTQVGEVKXGFGXKEGU
*1RGP/2C%NQUG/2C
HQTRTQVGEVKQP
‫*ޓޓޓޓ‬41RGP/2C%NQUG/2C
HQTEQPVTQN
‫*ޓޓޓޓ‬41RGP/2C%NQUG/2C
HQTEQPVTQN
(WPEVKQPQHVJGTOKUVQT
25*10/2C
(QTEQORTGUUQTQHEQPVTQNEQQNKPI
10/2C
(QTEQORTGUUQTQHEQPVTQNJGCVKPI
25.10/2C1((/2C
(QTEQORTGUUQTQHEQPVTQN
10/2C1((/2C
(QTRTQVGEVKQP
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㫅㫀㪺㩷㪼㫏㫇㪸㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪜㪜㪭㪪㪚㪀
5 PIPING SYSTEM
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼㩿㪮㫀㫋㪿㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㫇㫆㫉㫋㪀
㪟㫀㪾㪿㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㫊㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿
㩿㪍㪊㪟㪈㪄㪩㪉㪀
Models FDCR224KXE6, 280KXE6
㪤㫌㪽㪽㫃㪼㫉
㪞㪸㫊㩷㫃㫀㫅㪼
5.1 Including service valve kit and pipe re-fresh kit
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㫂㫀㫋
6JK44*GCVKPIQRGTCVKQP+PFQQTHCPEQPVTQN
%QQNKPIQRGTCVKQP(TQUVRTGXGPVKQPEQPVTQN
5WRGTJGCVEQPVTQN
6JK4(QTUWRGTJGCVEQPVTQNQHEQQNKPIQRGTCVKQP
6JQ&(QTEQPVTQNQHFKUEJCTIGRKRGVGORGTCVWTG
6JQ%(QTEQPVTQNQHVGORGTCVWTGWPFGTVJGFQOG
6JQ5(QTEQPVTQNQHUWEVKQPRKRGVGORGTCVWTG
6JQ44(QTEQPVTQNQHFGHTQUVKPI
6JQ#(QTEQPVTQNQHFGHTQUVKPI
6JQ5%'NGEVTQPKEGZRCPUKQPXCNXG
''85%EQPVTQNQHEQQNKPIQRGTCVKQP
6JQ*(QTUWRGTJGCVEQPVTQNQHUWDEQQNKPIEQKN
'11 • KX-T-166
AMP Air Conditioning
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
㪤㫌㪽㪽㫃㪼㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪊㪀
㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪘㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋
㪟㪼㪸㫋
㪼㫏㪺㪿㪸㫅㪾㪼㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
6JK#
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪉㪀
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪊㪀
㪞㪸㫊㩷㫃㫀㫅㪼
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
6JK4
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㫅㫀㪺
㪼㫏㫇㪸㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㩿㪜㪜㪭㪀
㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪮㫀㫋㪿㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㫇㫆㫉㫋㪀㪚㪸㫇㫀㫃㫃㪸㫉㫐
㩿㪪㪭㪈㪉㪀
㫋㫌㪹㪼
㪚㪸㫇㫀㫃㫃㪸㫉㫐
㫋㫌㪹㪼
㪚㫆㫄㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫆㫉
-
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪚㪈㪀
18 -
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪘㪀
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉㪀
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪉㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪣㫆㫎㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼
㫊㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㩿㪧㪪㪣㪀
㪪㫌㪹㪄
㪺㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㫆㫀㫃
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪟㫆㪄㪪㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪚㪸㫇㫀㫃㫃㪸㫉㫐
㫋㫌㪹㪼
㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪪㪭㪈㪀
㪚㪸㫇㫀㫃㫃㪸㫉㫐
㫋㫌㪹㪼
㪘㪺㪺㫌㫄㫃
㪸㫋㫆㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪟㪀 㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㫅㫀㪺
㩷㪼㫏㫇㪸㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩷㩿㪜㪜㪭㪟㪀
㪩㪼㪺㪼㫀㫍㪼㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㪪㫌㪹㪄㪺㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷㪺㫆㫀㫃
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼㩿㪮㫀㫋㪿㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㫇㫆㫉㫋㪀㩿㪫㪟㫆㪄㪪㪚㪀 㪟㫀㪾㪿㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㫊㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿
㩿㪍㪊㪟㪈㪄㪩㪈㪀
㪣㫀㫈㫌㫀㪻㩷㫃㫀㫅㪼
㪫㫆㩷㫅㪼㫏㫋㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㫊㩷㪹㫐
㫋㫌㫉㫅
0QVGU
2TGUGVRQKPVQHRTQVGEVKXGFGXKEGU
*1RGP/2C%NQUG/2C
HQTRTQVGEVKQP
‫*ޓޓޓޓ‬41RGP/2C%NQUG/2C
HQTEQPVTQN
‫*ޓޓޓޓ‬41RGP/2C%NQUG/2C
HQTEQPVTQN
(WPEVKQPQHVJGTOKUVQT
25*10/2C
(QTEQORTGUUQTQHEQPVTQNEQQNKPI
10/2C
(QTEQORTGUUQTQHEQPVTQNJGCVKPI
25.10/2C1((/2C
(QTEQORTGUUQTQHEQPVTQN
10/2C1((/2C
(QTRTQVGEVKQP
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㫅㫀㪺
㪼㫏㫇㪸㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㩿㪜㪜㪭㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪜㫃㪼㪺㫋㫉㫆㫅㫀㪺㩷㪼㫏㫇㪸㫅㫊㫀㫆㫅㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪜㪜㪭㪪㪚㪀
6JK44*GCVKPIQRGTCVKQP+PFQQTHCPEQPVTQN
%QQNKPIQRGTCVKQP(TQUVRTGXGPVKQPEQPVTQN
5WRGTJGCVEQPVTQN
6JK4(QTUWRGTJGCVEQPVTQNQHEQQNKPIQRGTCVKQP
6JQ&(QTEQPVTQNQHFKUEJCTIGRKRGVGORGTCVWTG
6JQ%(QTEQPVTQNQHVGORGTCVWTGWPFGTVJGFQOG
6JQ5(QTEQPVTQNQHUWEVKQPRKRGVGORGTCVWTG
6JQ44(QTEQPVTQNQHFGHTQUVKPI
6JQ#(QTEQPVTQNQHFGHTQUVKPI
6JQ5%'NGEVTQPKEGZRCPUKQPXCNXG
''85%EQPVTQNQHEQQNKPIQRGTCVKQP
6JQ*(QTUWRGTJGCVEQPVTQNQHUWDEQQNKPIEQKN
'11 • KX-T-166
AMP Air Conditioning
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫁㫆㫀㫅㫋
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪛㪈㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪪㪭㪍㪀
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㩿㪫㪿㫀㪄㪩㪈㪀
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫊㫋㫆㫉 㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪘㪀
㩿㪫㪿㫆㪄㪩㪈㪃㪉㪀
㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻
㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㩿㪪㪭㪈㪈㪀
㪟㫀㪾㪿㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㫊㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿
㩿㪍㪊㪟㪈㪄㪈㪀
1KN
UGRCTCVQT
㪪㫋㫉㪸㫀㫅㪼㫉
㪋㫎㪸㫐㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㪟㪼㪸㫋
㪼㫏㪺㪿㪸㫅㪾㪼㫉
㪟㫀㪾㪿㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼
㫊㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㩿㪧㪪㪟㪀
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫁㫆㫀㫅㫋
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫍㪸㫃㫍㪼
㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪙㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋
㪟㪼㪸㫋
㪼㫏㪺㪿㪸㫅㪾㪼㫉
㪪㪼㫉㫍㫀㪺㪼㩷㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼㩿㪮㫀㫋㪿㩷㪺㪿㪸㫉㪾㪼㩷㫇㫆㫉㫋㪀
㪟㫀㪾㪿㩷㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫌㫉㪼㩷㫊㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿
㩿㪍㪊㪟㪈㪄㪩㪉㪀
5.2 Without service valve kit and pipe re-fresh kit
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6 APPLICATION DATA
6.1 Cautions for reuse of existing pipes
① Procedure of installation work for reuse of existing pipes
Check & consideration
Confirmation of the scope of
replacement
Before installation work at site
Confirmation of reusability of
existing refrigerant pipes
Confirmation of reusability of
existing control wires
Confirmation of reusability of
existing power supply equipment
Existing unit operability
Pipe washing method by cooling
operation of existing unit
◦Please note that we cannot warrant the reliability (improper properties owing to
deterioration, etc.) of refrigerant pipes, control wires, electric equipment, etc., for
reuse.
◦Check existing refrigerant pipes for reusability according to “② Flowchart of the
confirmation of reusability of existing pipes”.
◦Regarding restrictions on the refrigerant pipe length, applicable pipe diameter, etc.,
refer to the product catalogs and manuals.
◦When reusing existing control wires between outdoor units, indoor units and remote controller, check them according to “ ③ Check and consideration for reuse of
existing wires and power supply equipment”.
◦Power supply equipment must use the voltage and number of phases adequate for
outdoor units and indoor units and have the circuit breaker capacity and wire diameters as specified on the power supply wiring diagram.
◦When reusing existing power supply equipment (including power supply wiring),
extent of deterioration of and damages on the equipment must be checked.
◦When wires or power supply equipment are aged, sufficient care must be taken to
prevent risk of fire or earth leakage.
Not operable
Pipe washing method
by re-fresh kit
Operable
Implementation of pump-down operation after
cooling operation with old system for more than 30
minutes (Existing unit cooling washing operation)
Recovery of old refrigerant and removal of existing outdoor unit, indoor
unit, remote controller, etc.
Check & consideration
Recovery of old refrigerant and
removal of existing outdoor unit,
indoor unit, remote controller, etc.
・If refrigerant cannot be recovered completely with
the pump-down, recover remaining refrigerant using
Installation work at site
the refrigerant recovery unit.
Installation of outdoor unit, indoor
unit, remote controller, etc., and electrical work <Installation of service
valve kit is not necessary.>
Airtight test of pipes
Vacuumizing of pipes
System check after the address setting
Additional refrigerant charge
Installation of outdoor unit, indoor unit, remote controller, etc.,
and electrical work <Installation
of service valve kit is necessary.>
・If the existing unit is not operable, install the ser-
Connection of pipe re-fresh kit
mm or more in front of the kit)
Airtight test of pipes
Vacuumizing of pipes
vice valve kit. Make sure to secure a space to install
the re-fresh kit in front of the service valve kit. (500
・When implementing the pipe washing operation
using the re-fresh kit, consult our dealer.
・Test the air tightness at 3.24 MPa.
System check after the address setting
・Turn the power supply on after the address setting.
Additional refrigerant charge
there is no error display on the remote controller or
Pipe washing operation using re-fresh kit
Confirm that the system operates properly and that
indoor unit.
Removal of pipe re-fresh kit
Test run & adjustment
-
AMP Air Conditioning
19 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
② Flowchart of the confirmation of reusability of existing pipes
Judge if existing pipes are reusable or not according to the following flowchart.
Start
No
Are outdoor units and indoor units connected to existing pipes for reuse?
Are olds units MHI products?
Yes
No
Yes
Is any of followings used for the refrigerating machine oil on old unit?
Suniso, MS, Barrel Freeze, HAB
Freol, ether oil, ester oil
No
Consult us to confirm
if they can be used or
not.
Yes
Not
usable
Usable
Are the length, diameter and wall
thickness of existing pipes for reuse
and difference of elevation between
units within the ranges of our specification?
No
Yes
Are branch pipes and header on the existing
pipeline for reuse supplied from Mitsubishi?
*Any special parts like a branch pipe with
orifice, or other, cannot be used, even if they
are supplied from MHI.
No
Consult us to confirm if they can be
used or not.
Usable – Replace with MHI products.
Yes
Is there any corrosion, damage or dent
on existing pipes for reuse?
Yes
Repair defective sections.
Yes
Test existing pipes for air tightness
at site.
Yes
Remove the branch pipe.
No
Yes
Repair defective sections.
Unable to repair
Repair
Loosened
Check pipe support hardware for looseness.
Repair defective sections.
Tightened
firmly
Repair
When existing unit is:
・Operable →
Pipe washing method by cooling operation of
existing unit.
・Not operable →
Pipe washing method by re-fresh kit Existing
pipes can be reused by the above methods.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
Unable to remove
Remove
No
Check the insulator on existing pipes to
be reused for peeling or deterioration.
(Both gas and liquid pipes need insulation.)
Poor air tightness
Good air
tightness
No
Is there any branch pipe which is not
connected to indoor unit?
Unable to repair
Repair
No
Does gas leak from existing pipes for
reuse? (Check if refrigerant was recharged frequently.)
Not usable Unable
to replace
Existing pipes cannot be reused.
Use new pipes.
Select the standard specification
for indoor units.
20 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
③ Check and consideration for reuse of existing wires and power supply equipment
Keep in mind the following contents when reusing existing
⑷　Confirmation of conductivity of existing wires
wires and power supply equipment.
Check existing wires for conductivity and voltage and
⑴　Confirmation of existing wires
the circuit breaker for proper operation.
Check existing wires not only for kinds of wire and
If any anomaly is detected, replace wires or parts and
number of core wires but also for the length of wire
put them in appropriate condition.
extension and number of branches with reference to
⑸　C onfirmation of compatibility of power supply
the equipment drawings or other. Take notice of the
equipment
following points for connecting wires.
Since the circuit breaker capacity or other may
●　When using a shielding wire, make sure to earth one
vary depending on systems, check if the power
supply equipment is compatible or not according to
side only.
●　Do not use shielding wires and other kinds of wire
the procedure for wiring at outside of unit. Check
simultaneously also for deterioration or damages on the
in the same system.
●　Do not use multi-core wires having a number of
equipment and, if any anomaly is detected, repair such
appropriately.
cores more than necessary.
●　C
onfirm that wires are separated sufficiently from
Confirm that the existing earth leakage breaker is
adaptable to the inverter (high frequency). If it is not,
the power supply cable.
●　Confirm that the wire diameter is larger than 0.75
replace it with a breaker adaptable to the inverter.
⑹　Confirmation of failure history
2
mm .
⑵　Confirmation of existing power supply equipment
Check if there are records of failure such as transmission
Confirm the voltage, number of phases, circuit breaker
or conductivity error owing to anomalies on wires or
capacity, etc. for existing power supply equipment.
power supply equipment. If there is any, check if such
When reusing existing power supply equipment, make
failure had been repaired properly. If it is not, repair it
sure to check the degree of aging and damages on them.
properly.
Sufficient care must be taken to prevent earth leakage or
⑺　Confirmation of the procedure for wiring at outside of
unit
fire when using old wires or power supply equipment.
⑶　Confirmation of reliability of existing wires
Wiring problem could cause failures of equipment,
In so far as there is no problem on the above ⑴ and ⑵,
earth leakage or fire. When considering a reuse of
the existing wires and power supply equipment can be
existing wires or power supply equipment, check them
utilized basically.
sufficiently according to the procedure for wiring at
outside of unit. If any trace of defect is detected on parts
or wires, replace them or use new equipment.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
21 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6.2 Installation of outdoor unit
PCB012D015M
KX SERIES INSTALLATION MANUAL
r
Outdoor unit capacity
FDCR224∼280
◎This installation manual deals with outdoor units and general installation specifications only. For indoor units, please refer to the respective installation manuals supplied with your units.
◎Please read this manual carefully before you set to installation work and carry it out according to the instructions contained in this manual.
◎When washing existing pipes using the re-fresh kit, refer to the instruction manual packed with the re-fresh kit for the procedures, etc.
Application data
When install the unit, be sure to check whether the selection of installation place, power supply specifications, usage limitation (piping length, height differences between
indoor and outdoor units, power supply voltage and etc.) and installation spaces.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
●We recommend you to read this "SAFETY PRECAUTIONS" carefully before the installation work in order to gain full advantage of the functions of the unit and to avoid malfunction due to
mishandling.
CAUTIONS . The matters with possibilities leading to serious consequences such as death or serious personal
WARNINGS and
●The precautions described below are divided into
injury due to erroneous handling are listed in the
WARNINGS and the matters with possibilities leading to personal injury or damage of the unit due to erroneous handling including
CAUTIONS . These are very important precautions for safety. Be sure to observe all of them without fail.
probability leading to serious consequences in some cases are listed in
●The meaning of"Marks"used here are as shown on the right.
Always do it according to the instruction.
Never do it under any circumstance.
●Be sure to confirm no anomaly on the equipment by commissioning after completed installation and explain the operating methods as well as the maintenance methods of this equipment to
the user according to the owner's manual.
●Keep the installation manual together with owner's manual at a place where any user can read at any time. Moreover if necessary, ask to hand them to a new user
●This unit complies with EN61000-3-3.
For outdoor unit, EN61000-3-2 is not applicable as consent by the utility company or notification to the utility company is given before usage.
CAUTION
WARNING
●Installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
●Use the circuit breaker for all pole with correct
capacity.
Using the incorrect circuit breaker, it can cause the unit malfunction and fire.
If you install the system by yourself, it may cause serious trouble such as water leaks, electric shocks, fire and personal inju ry,
as a result of a system malfunction.
●Install the system in full accordance with the instruction manual.
Incorrect installation may cause bursts, personal injury, water leaks, electric shocks and fire.
●Use the original accessories and the specified components for installation.
If parts other than those prescribed by us are used, It may cause fall of the unit, water leaks, electric shocks, fire, refrigerant
leak, substanard performance, contrl failure and personal injury.
●When installing in small rooms, take prevention measures not to exceed the density limit of refrigerant in the event of leakage
accordance with ISO5149.
Consult the expert about prevention measures. If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit in the event of leakage, lack of
oxygen can occur, which can cause serious accidents.
●Ventilate the working area well in the event of refrigerant leakage during installation.
If the refrigerant comes into contact with naked flames, poisonous gas is produced.
●After completed installation, check that no refrigerant leaks from the system.
If refrigerant leaks into the room and comes into contact with an oven or other hot surface, poisonous gas is produced.
●Hang up the unit at the specified points with ropes which can support the weight in lifting for portage. And to avoid jolting out
of alignment, be sure to hang up the unit at 4-point support.
An improper manner of portage such as 3-point support can cause death or serious personal injury due to falling of the unit.
●Install the unit in a location with good support.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material damage and personal injury.
●Ensure the unit is stable when installed, so that it can withstand earthquakes and strong winds.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material damage and personal injury.
●The electrical installation must be carried out by the qualified electrician in accordance with "the norm for electrical work"
and "national wiring regulation", and the system must be connected to the dedicated circuit.
Power supply with insufficient capacity and incorrect function done by improper work can cause electric shocks and fire.
●Be sure to shut off the power before starting electrical work.
Failure to shut off the power can cause electric shocks, unit failure or incorrect function of equipment.
●Be sure to use the cables conformed to safety standard and cable ampacity for power distribution work.
Unconformable cables can cause electric leak, anomalous heat production or fire.
●Use the prescribed cables for electrical connection, tighten the cables securely in terminal block and relieve the cables
correctly to prevent overloading the terminal blocks.
Loose connections or cable mountings can cause anomalous heat production or fire.
●Arrange the wiring in the control box so that it cannot be pushed up further into the box. Install the service panel correctly.
Incorrect installation may result in overheating and fire.
●In connecting the power cable, make sure that no anomakies such as dust deposits, socket clogging or wobble are found and
insert the plug securely.
Accumulation of dust, clogging on the socket, or looseness of plugging can cause electric shocks and fire.
●Do not perform brazing work in the airtight room
It can cause lack of oxygen.
●Tighten the flare nut by using double spanners and torque wrench according to prescribed method. Be sure not to tighten the
flare nut too much.
Loose flare connection or damage on the flare part by tightening with excess torque can cause burst or refrigerant leaks
which may result in lack of oxygen.
●Do not open the service valves for liquid line and gas line until completed refrigerant piping work, air tightness test and evacuation.
If the compressor is operated in state of opening service valves before completed connection of refrigerant piping work, you
may incur frost bite or injury from an abrupt refrigerant outflow and air can be sucked into refrigerant circuit, which can cause
burst or personal injury due to anomalously high pressure in the refrigerant.
●Do not put the drainage pipe directly into drainage channels where poisonous gases such as sulphide gas can occur.
Poisonous gases will flow into the room through drainage pipe and seriously affect the user's health and safety. It can also
cause the corrosion of the indoor unit and resultant unit failure or refrigerant leak.
●Only use prescribed optional parts. The installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it can cause serious trouble such as water leaks, electric shocks, fire.
●Do not perform any change of protective device itself or its setup condition
The forced operation by short-circuiting protective device of pressure switch and temperature controller or the use of non
specified component can cause fire or burst.
●Be sure to switch off the power supply in the event of installation, inspection or servicing.
If the power supply is not shut off, there is a risk of electric shocks, unit failure or personal injury due to the unexpected start of fan.
●Consult the dealer or an expert regarding removal of the unit.
Incorrect installation can cause water leaks, electric shocks or fire.
●Stop the compressor before closing valve and disconnecting refrigerant pipes in case of pump down operation.
If disconnecting refrigerant pipes in state of opening service valves before compressor stopping, you may incur frost bite or
injury from an abrupt refrigerant outflow and air can be sucked, which can cause burst or personal injury due to anomalously
high pressure in the refrigerant circuit.
●Take care when carrying the unit by hand.
If the unit weights more than 20kg, it must be carried by two or more persons. Do not carry by the plastic straps, always use the
carry handle when carrying the unit by hand. Use gloves to minimize the risk of cuts by the aluminum fins.
●Dispose of any packing materials correctly.
Any remaining packing materials can cause personal injury as it contains nails and wood. And to avoid danger of suffocation, be
sure to keep the plastic wrapper away from children and to dispose after tear it up.
●Pay attention not to damage the drain pan by weld spatter when welding work is done near the indoor unit.
If weld spatter entered into the indoor unit during welding work, it can cause pin-hole in drain pan and result in water leakage. To
prevent such damage, keep the indoor unit in its packing or cover it.
●Be sure to insulate the refrigerant pipes so as not to condense the ambient air moisture on them.
Insufficient insulation can cause condensation, which can lead to moisture damage on the ceiling, floor, furniture and any other valuables.
●Be sure to perform air tightness test by pressurizing with nitrogen gas after completed refrigerant piping work.
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit in the event of refrigerant leakage in the small room, lack of oxygen can occur, which
can cause serious accidents.
●Perform installation work properly according to this installation manual.
Improper installation can cause abnormal vibrations or increased noise generation.
●Earth leakage breaker must be installed
If the earth leakage breaker is not installed, it can cause fire or electric shocks.
●Carry out the electrical work for ground lead with care.
Do not connect the ground lead to the gas line, water line, lightning conductor or telephone line's ground lead. Incorrect grounding
can cause unit faults such as electric shocks or fire due to short-circuiting. Never connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe
because if gas leaks, it could cause explosion or ignition.
●Do not use any materials other than a fuse with the correct rating in the location where fuses are to be used.
Connecting the circuit with copper wire or other metal thread can cause unit failure and fire.
●Do not install the unit near the location where leakage of combustible gases can occur.
If leaked gases accumulate around the unit, it can cause fire.
●Do not install the unit where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas etc.) or combustible gas (such as thinner and petroleum
gases) can accumulate or collect, or where volatile combustible substances are handled.
Corrosive gas can cause corrosion of heat exchanger, breakage of plastic parts and etc. And combustible gas can cause fire.
●Secure a space for installation, inspection and maintenance specified in the manual.
Insufficient space can result in accident such as personal injury due to falling from the installation place.
●When the outdoor unit is installed on a roof or a high place, provide permanent ladders and handrails along the access route and
fences and handrails around the outdoor unit.
If safety facilities are not provided, it can cause personal injury due to falling from the installation place.
●Do not install nor use the system close to the equipment that generates electromagnetic fields or high frequency harmonics
Equipment such as inverters, standby generators, medical high frequency equipments and telecommunication equipments can
affect the system, and cause malfunctions and breakdowns. The system can also affect medical equipment and
telecommunication equipment, and obstruct its function or cause jamming.
●Do not install the outdoor unit in a location where insects and small animals can inhabit.
Insects and small animals can enter the electric parts and cause damage or fire. Instruct the user to keep the surroundings clean.
●Do not use the base flame for outdoor unit which is corroded or damaged due to long periods of operation.
Using an old and damage base flame can cause the unit falling down and cause personal injury.
●Do not install the unit in the locations listed below
• Locations where carbon fiber, metal powder or any powder is floating.
• Locations where any substances that can affect the unit such as sulphide gas, chloride gas, acid and alkaline can occur.
• Vehicles and ships
• Locations where cosmetic or special sprays are often used.
• Locations with direct exposure of oil mist and steam such as kitchen and machine plant.
• Locations where any machines which generate high frequency harmonics are used.
• Locations with salty atmospheres such as coastlines
• Locations with heavy snow (If installed, be sure to provide base flame and snow hood mentioned in the manual)
• Locations where the unit is exposed to chimney smoke
• Locations at high altitude (more than 1000m high)
• Locations with ammonic atmospheres
• Locations where heat radiation from other heat source can affect the unit
• Locations without good air circulation.
• Locations with any obstacles which can prevent inlet and outlet air of the unit
• Locations where short circuit of air can occur (in case of multiple units installation)
• Locations where strong air blows against the air outlet of outdoor unit
It can cause remarkable decrease in performance, corrosion and damage of components, malfunction and fire.
●Do not install the outdoor unit in the locations listed below.
• Locations where discharged hot air or operating sound of the outdoor unit can bother neighborhood.
• Locations where outlet air of the outdoor unit blows directly to an animal or plants. The outlet air can affect adversely to the plant etc.
• Locations where vibration can be amplified and transmitted due to insufficient strength of structure.
• Locations where vibration and operation sound generated by the outdoor unit can affect seriously.
(on the wall or at the place near bed room)
• Locations where an equipment affected by high harmonics is placed. (TV set or radio receiver is placed within 5m)
• Locations where drainage cannot run off safely.
It can affect surrounding environment and cause a claim
●Do not use the unit for special purposes such as storing foods, cooling precision instruments and preservation of animals, plants or
art. It can cause the damage of the items.
●Do not touch any buttons with wet hands
It can cause electric shocks
●Do not shut off the power supply immediately after stopping the operation.
Wait at least 5 minutes, otherwise there is a risk of water leakage or breakdown.
●Do not control the system with main power switch.
It can cause fire or water leakage. In addition, the fan can start unexpectedly, which can cause personal injury.
●Do not touch any refrigerant pipes with your hands when the system is in operation.
During operation the refrigerant pipes become extremely hot or extremely cold depending the operating condition, and it can cause
burn injury or frost injury.
●Do not operate the outdoor unit with any article placed on it.
You may incur property damage or personal injure from a fall of the article.
●Do not step onto the outdoor unit.
You may incur injury from a drop or fall.
●Ensure that no air enters in the refrigerant circuit when the unit is installed and removed.
If air enters in the refrigerant circuit, the pressure in the refrigerant circuit becomes too high, which can cause burst and
personal injury.
●Do not run the unit with removed panels or protections
Touching rotating equipments, hot surfaces or high voltage parts can cause personal injury due to entrapment, burn or
electric shocks.
●Be sure to fix up the service panels.
Incorrect fixing can cause electric shocks or fire due to intrusion of dust or water.
●Do not perform any repairs or modifications by yourself. Consult the dealer if the unit requires repair.
If you repair or modify the unit, it can cause water leaks, electric shocks or fire.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
22 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
● A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size outdoor unit service valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to
prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake. The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut's parallel side
measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure. Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the
table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
● Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
● In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
● All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Please check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc.
(A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
●
Dedicated R410A tools
a） Gauge manifold
b） Charge hose
c） Electronic scale for refrigerant charging
d） Torque wrench
e） Flare tool
f） Protrusion control copper pipe gauge
g ） Vacuum pump adapter
h） Gas leak detector
1. BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION (Check that the models, power supply specifications, piping, wiring are correct.)
Caution
●Be sure to read this manual before installation to follow the proper installation methods.
●When installing the indoor unit, read the installation manual of indoor unit.
●Optional distribution parts are required for the piping (Branch pipe set, header set). For details, refer to the catalog, etc.
●Make sure to install the earth leakage breaker. (Select a product compatible with high frequency.)
●There is risk of damaging the compressor if the unit is operated while the discharge pipe thermistor, suction pipe thermistor, pressure sensor, etc. are removed. Never attempt to
operation in such condition.
●With this air-conditioning system, room temperature may rise, depending on installation conditions, while indoor units are stopped, because small quantity of refrigerant flows into
the stopped indoor units if heating operation is conducted on the system.
Accessory
Name
Location of use
Quantity
Insert this in CNG on the outdoor unit PCB when using the silencing mode or
forced cooling mode
Secured in the control box with adhesive tape.
1
Use it for protection of a knock-out hole.
It is attached to the bracket with an adhesive tape
in the proximity of the service valve.
Attached
pipe
1
Use this when connecting gas pipe.
Attached on the base below the operation valve.
Instruction manual
1
When the installation work is completed,
give instructions to the customer and ask him/her to keep it.
Attached on the base below the operation valve.
２
Wire
Edging
Combination pattern
●Combination pattern of outdoor units, number of indoor units connected and capacity of connection are as show in the table at right.
●It can be used in combination with the following indoor unit.
Remote controller
Connection OK/NO
RC-E3(2 cores), RC-E4(2 cores)
OK
Indoor unit
FD○△△KXE6
FD○A△△KXE4R, KXE4BR, KXE5R
RC-E1R(3 cores)
OK
FD○A△△KXE4, KXE4(A), KXE4A
RC-E1(3 cores)
NO
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Capacity Combination pattern Number of units connected (unit) Range of total capacity of connected indoor units
224
Single
1~13
112~292
280
Single
1~16
140~364
[Items sold separately]
Refrigerant pipe distribution parts, which are not contained in the package, will be required for installation.
As for refrigerant pipe distribution parts, we offer branching pipe sets (Model type: DIS) and header sets (Model type: HEAD) as parts used on the indoor side of piping.
Please select one suiting your application. In selecting distribution parts, please also refer to “4. REFRIGERANT PIPING.”
If you are not sure which parts to select, please consult with your dealer or the manufacture.
When washing existing pipes using the re-fresh kit, it is necessary to install the service valve kit (Model: FDCR-V-KIT-E).
2. INSTALLATION LOCATION
(Obtain approval from the customer when selecting the installation area.)
2-1. Selecting the installation location
〇 Where air is not trapped.
〇 Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
〇 Where any object does not prevent inlet or outlet air.
〇 Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
〇 Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet air.
Please note
〇
〇
〇
〇
〇
A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
Where snow will not accumulate.
A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 5m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
a) If there is a possibility of a short-circuit, then install a flex flow adapter.
b) When installing multiple units, provide sufficient intake space so that a short-circuit does not occur.
c) In areas where there is snowfall, install the unit in a frame or under a snow hood to prevent snow from accumulating on it.
(Inhibition of collective drain discharge in a snowy country)
d) Do not install the equipment in areas where there is a danger for potential explosive atmosphere.
e) Install the equipment in a location that can sufficiently support the weight of the equipment.
f) If a unit is installed into a special environment as shown below, there will be a danger that the corrosion of the outdoor unit or its
malfunctioning is caused. If this is the case, please consult with the distributor from whom you have purchased the unit.
・Where corrosive gas is generated (such as a hot-spring resort area).
・Where the unit is subject to sea breezes (coastal area).
・Where the unit is subject to oil mists.
・Where equipment generating electromagnetic waves exists in the vicinity.
g) When strong winds occur
● Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the following guidelines.
Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of high pressure and a broken fan.
②Please install so the direction of the air from the blowing
outlet will be perpendicular to the direction of the wind.
①Place the unit outlet pipe perpendicular
to the wind direction.
When installing units side
by side, install the flex
flow adaptor. (This is not
required if a distance of
1,500 mm may be
secured between the
blowing outlet and the
wall.)
③When the foundation is not level, use wires
to tie down the unit.
Wind direction
Wind direction
Ove
r 50
0m
Fasten with anchor bolts
m
-
AMP Air Conditioning
CAUTION
Please leave sufficient clearance
around the unit without fail.
Otherwise, a risk of compressor
and/or electric component failure
may arise.
23 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
2-2. Installation space (Ex. servicing space)
a) Minimum installation space
(Please select an installation point with due attention to the direction of installation of the refrigerant pipe)
(If the installation conditions shown in this drawing are not satisfied, please consult with your dealer
or the manufacturer.)
b) When units are installed side by side, leave a 10 mm or wider service space between the units.
c) Don’t install at a place where it will be surrounded with walls in four directions.
Even when it is not surrounded with walls in four directions and it is met the installation conditions
as shown by this figure, if there is risk of short-circuit, install the flex flow adaptor to prevent the
short-circuit.
d) There must be a 1-meter or larger space in the above.
e) A barrier wall placed in front of the exhaust diffuser must not be higher than the unit.
(Unit : mm)
Air
inlet
L2
Size
L3
L4
Air
inlet
Service
space
Air
outlet
L1
Sample
Ⅱ
Ⅰ
Ⅲ
*1
L1
Open
L2
300
5
L3
300
300
L4
250 (5)
Open 1500 (500)
*2
Open
300
*2
250 (5)
250 (5)
*2
*1 Figure in ( ) shows the value applicable when the flex flow
adaptor is installed.
*2 Under the setting condition as specified in ( ) , it is necessary to
secured 250 mm for the dimension L4 when replacing the compressor.
Establish this for example by moving the unit during the work.
3. Unit delivery and installation
Caution Attach the ropes on the unit and carry it in avoiding displacement of gravity center.
Wear plate
Improper slinging may cause the unit to lose balance and fall.
3-1. Delivery
●Deliver the unit in the packing to the specified installation place.
●To hoist the unit, attach a pair of textile ropes with cushion materials attached to protect it.
Request
Put cushion materials between the unit and the ropes to avoid damages.
Wooden base
20
3-2. Cautions for installation
●Make sure to lock the fixing legs of outdoor unit with 4 pieces of anchor bolt (M10). Best margin of protrusion for bolt above the
floor is 20 mm.
● When installing the unit, make sure to lock its legs with the following bolts.
20
520
Blowout
195
20
690
Foundation bolt position
(4 places)
Important
Suction
Lock with bolt (M10-12)
Blowout
195
The protrusion of an anchor bolt on the front side must be
kept within 15 mm.
● Securely install the unit so that it does not fall over during
earthquakes or strong winds, etc.
● Refer to the above illustrations for information regarding
concrete foundations.
● Install the unit in a level area. (With a gradient of 5 mm or
less.)
Improper installation can result in a compressor failure, broken
piping within the unit and abnormal noise generation.
●
Suction
Use a thicker
block to anchor
deeper.
Use a long block to extend the width.
In case that the unit operates in cooling mode, when the outdoor temperature is –5°C or lower,
please equip a flex flow adapter and a snow guard hood (option) on the unit.
4. REFRIGERANT PIPING
4-1. Determination of piping specifications (Please select from the following matrix according to indoor unit specifications and installation site conditions)
(1) Limitation on use of pipes
●When arranging pipes, observe the restrictions on use concerning the longest distance of (1), total piping length,
allowable pipe length from initial branching and allowable difference of height (difference between heads).
●Avoid any trap (
) or bump (
) in piping as they can cause fluid stagnation.
●Maximum length (To the furthest indoor unit) … Actual length Less than 160 m (Actual length less
than 185 m)
It is required to change the pipe diameter when the actual length exceeds 90 m.
Determine the size of main pipe, referring to the table of main pipe selection table of (3) (a).
●Total piping length ………………………………………………………… 510 m or less
●Length of main pipe ……………………………………………………… 130 m or less
●Allowable pipe length from initial branching …………………………… 90 m or less
Difference in pipe lengths between indoor units, however, is 40 m or less.
●Allowable difference in height (Difference of heads)
(a) When an indoor unit is positioned at a higher place ……………… 50 m or less
(b) When an outdoor unit is positioned at a lower place ……………… 40 m or less
(c) Difference of heights between indoor units in a system …………… 15 m or less
(d) Difference of heights between initial branching and indoor unit … 18 m or less
(2) Selection of pipe material
●Use pipes with the inside clean and free from any harmful sulfur, oxides, dirt, chips & oil, or moisture
(contamination).
Height difference
●Use following refrigerant pipes.
Actual length
Material … Phosphate deoxidation treated seamless pipe (C1220T-O, 1/2H, JIS H3300) Equivalent length
Total piping length
C1220T-1/2H for O.D. ø25.4 or more, or C1220T-O for ø22.22 or less
●Wall thickness and size - Select according to the guide for pipe size selection
(This product uses R410A. Since, in case of pipes in the size of ø25.4 or more, materials of -O lacks
sufficient capacity to withstand pressure, make sure to use pipes of 1/2H material and thickness
larger than the minimum thickness.)
●When a pipe is branched, make sure to use our branching set or header set.
●When setting branching pipes, take care of the mounting direction and consult carefully with the
instruction manual.
●Regarding the handling of operation valve, refer to 4-3 (1) Operating method of operation valve.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
CAUTION
Make sure to install within the range of limitation. Otherwise, resulting
malfunction of compressor may not be warranted. Observe always the
limitation of use during installation.
Outdoor unit
Height difference
between indoor
units: 15 m
50 m
160 m
185 m
510 m
Indoor unit
24 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(3) Pipe size selection
WARNING Make sure that the materials of existing pipes, pipe diameters and pipe wall thickness are
appropriate and that the design pressure (allowable pressure) is 3.24 MPa or higher.
●When selecting pipe sizes to install additional indoor units, refer to the technical data of KXE6 SERIES.
Use C1220T-1/2H material for ø25.4 or larger.
Branch pipe set at indoor side
Model: DIS
Outdoor unit
Header set at indoor side
Model: HEAD
B
B
C
C
C
C
Branch pipe set at indoor side
Model: DIS
Indoor unit
B
A
B
C
C
C
C
Fig. 1
Indoor unit
(a) Main pipe (Between outdoor unit and initial branch at indoor unit side): Section A in Fig.1
Outdoor unit
Main pipe
Liquid pipe size
ø6.4
ø9.5
ø12.7 ø15.9 ø19.1 ø22.2
224
*1
*2
280
*1
*2
Gas pipe size
ø9.5
ø12.7 ø15.9 ø19.1 ø22.2 ø25.4 ø28.6 ø31.8 ø34.7
*1
*1
(b) Between the initial branch at indoor unit side and the indoor unit side: Section B in Fig.1
Indoor unit capacity
Liquid pipe size
ø6.4
ø9.5
ø12.7 ø15.9 ø19.1 ø22.2
Gas pipe size
ø9.5
– 101 or less
Pipe diameter between indoor
Over 101 – 180 or less
branch and main pipe
(Combined capacity of indoor units) Over 180 – 364 or less
ø12.7 ø15.9 ø19.1 ø22.2 ø25.4 ø28.6 ø31.8 ø34.7
*3
*3
*4
*5
(c) Between indoor unit branch and indoor unit: Section C in Fig.1
Indoor unit capacity
Liquid pipe size
ø6.4
ø9.5
ø12.7 ø15.9 ø19.1 ø22.2
Gas pipe size
ø9.5
ø12.7 ø15.9 ø19.1 ø22.2 ø25.4 ø28.6 ø31.8 ø34.7
22
*6
28
*6
36
45
56
Indoor branch pipe
71
80
90
112
140
160
224
280
*1. It cannot be used when the pipe length exceeds. 90 m
*2. It cannot be used when the main pipe length exceeds. 80 m
*3. It can be used when the capacity of indoor unit connected with φ15.9 Gas pipe size is 44 or less and difference of height between the indoor units is within 10m.
It can be used when the capacity of indoor unit connected with φ12.7 Gas pipe .size is 35 or less and difference of height between the indoor units is within 10m.
*4. It can be used when the capacity of indoor units connected at the down stream is higher than 280.
*5. It can be used when the capacity of indoor units connected at the down stream is higher than 335.
*6. Vertical length of φ12.7 gas pipe size must be within 10m.
.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
25 -
#
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
4-2. Piping work
(1) Pipe connecting position and pipe outgoing direction
120
B
A
G
A
B
155
124
Legend
A Attached pipe connecting outlet at refrigerant gas side
B Pipe connection outlet at liquid refrigerant side
C Refrigerant pipe outlet (Slot 64x109)
D Power cable outlet (ø30)
E Power cable outlet (ø45)
F Refrigerant pipe connection outlet (Slot 50x105)
G Pipe connection outlet at gas refrigerant side
H Signal cable outlet (ø22)
I Power cable outlet (ø34)
Outdoor unit
45
D
34
42
43
I
I
161
640
174
C
45
30
45
69
30
H 54
H
E
45
14
51
68
159 35
286
D
C
F
43
G
54
553
60
14 C
Liquid service valve
(To indoor unit)
Outdoor unit
(
Bypass gas pipe
service valve
Flared connection
to re-fresh kit
)
A
Drain outlet (ø20)
Service valve shown in Fig. A
is used only when the pipe
washing operation is carried
out using the re-fresh kit.
Take note that the valve is not
use during normal operation.
Hook
Pipe fastening position
Over 1.5m
Rear connection
Right-hand side connection
Front connection
Outdoor gas pipe
To pipe at outdoor unit
( side
of service valve kit )
Bottom connection
First remove the five screws ( mark) of the service panel and push it down into the direction of the arrow mark and then remove it by pulling it toward you.
The pipe can be laid in any of the following directions: side right, front, rear and downward.
● Remove a knock-out plate provided on the pipe penetration to open a minimum necessary area and attach an edging material supplied as an accessory by cutting it to an appropriate
length before laying a pipe.
●
●
In laying pipes on the installation site, cut off the casing’s half blank that covers a hole for pipe penetration with nippers.
If there is a risk of small animals entering from the pipe penetration part, close the part with some sealing material or the like (to be arranged on the installer’s part).
● In the case of an installation using a collective drain system, use a port other than the bottom one to take out cables and pipes. If the bottom port is used, seal it thoroughly so
that drain water may not spill out.
● Use an elbow (to be arranged on the user’s part) to connect control valves to the piping.
● In anchoring piping on the installation site, give 1.5m or a longer distance between an outdoor unit and an anchoring point where the piping is secured as illustrated below. (A
failure to observe this instruction may result in a pipe fracture depending on a method of isolating vibrations employed.)
● The pipe should be anchored every 1.5m or less to isolate the vibration.
●
●
CAUTION
If you tighten it without using double spanners, you may deform the
service valve, which can cause an inflow of nitrogen gas into the
outdoor unit.
(2) Field piping work
Important
Please take care so that installed pipes may not touch components within a unit.
During the pipe installation at site, keep the service valves shut all the time.
● Give sufficient protections (compressed and brazed or by an adhesive tape) to pipe ends so that any water or foreign matters may not enter the pipes.
● In bending a pipe, bend it to the largest possible radius (at least four times the pipe diameter). Do not bend a pipe repeatedly to correct its form.
● An outdoor unit’s pipe and refrigerant piping are to be flare connected. Flare a pipe after engaging a flare nut onto it. A flare size for R410A is different from that for
conventional R407C. Although we recommend the use of flaring tools developed specifically for R410A, conventional flaring tools can also be used by adjusting the
measurement of protrusion B with a protrusion control gauge.
● Be sure to use the accessory pipe for connection to the gas operation valve. For details, refer to the installation manual of the accessory pipe.
● Tighten a flare joint securely with two spanners. Observe flare nut tightening torque specified in the table below.
●
Flare nut parallel side
measurement: H (mm)
Copper
Ｈ
pipe outer
diameter
17
ø6.35
H
Ａ
Flared pipe end: A (mm)
Copper
pipe outer Ａ 0
-0.4
diameter
Ｂ
●
Copper pipe protrusion for flaring: B (mm)
Copper
In the case of a rigid (clutch) type
pipe outer
With an R410A tool With a conventional tool
diameter
ø6.35
9.1
ø6.35
ø9.52
22
ø9.52
13.2
ø9.52
ø12.7
26
ø12.7
16.6
ø12.7
ø15.88
29
ø15.88
19.7
ø15.88
-
AMP Air Conditioning
0~0.5
0.7~1.3
26 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
For operation valves both at the fluid and gas sides, fix the valve body and tighten to adequate torque as shown at right.
Operation valve size Tightening torque Tightening angle Recommended length of tool handle
(N・m)
(mm)
(mm)
(° )
ø6.35 （1/4"）
ø9.52 （3/8"）
ø12.7 （1/2"）
ø15.88（5/8"）
ø19.05 (3/4"）
14∼18
45∼60
150
34∼42
30∼45
200
49∼61
30∼45
250
68∼82
15∼20
300
100∼120
15∼20
450
Do not hold the valve cap area with a spanner.
Use a torque wrench. If a torque wrench is not available,
fasten the flare nut manually first and then tighten it
further, using the left table as a guide.
Do not apply any oil on a flare joint.
Blazing must be performed under a nitrogen gas flow. Without nitrogen gas, a large quantity of foreign matters (oxidized film) are created, causing a critical failure
from capillary tube or expansion valve clogging.
● Brazing of the service valve and the pipes should be performed while cooling the valve body with a wet towel.
● Perform flushing. To flush the piping, charge nitrogen gas at about 0.02MPa with a pipe end closed with a hand. When pressure inside builds up to a sufficient level,
remove the hand to flush. (in flushing a pipe, close the other end of the pipe with a plug).
●
●
Plug the end of the pipe with tape, or other
material, and fill the pipe with nitrogen gas.
Operation procedure
① During the pipe installation at site, keep the service valves shut all the time.
② Blazing must be performed under a nitrogen gas flow. Without nitrogen gas, a large
quantity of foreign matters (oxidized film) are created, causing a critical failure from capillary
tube or expansion valve clogging.
＜N２＞
Taping
Only use nitrogen gas (N２)
Brazing
Nitrogen
Flatten
③ Give sufficient protections (compressed and brazed or with an adhesive tape)
so that water or foreign matters may not enter the piping.
Brazing
④ Perform flushing. To flush the piping, charge nitrogen gas at about 0.02MPa with a pipe end
closed with a hand. When pressure inside builds up to a sufficient level, remove the hand to
flush. (in flushing a pipe, close the other end of the pipe with a plug).
4-3. Air tightness test and air purge
Primary side
Secondary side
Station valve
0.02MPa
Hand
Nitrogen
gas
(1) Air tightness test
Adhesive tape
Relief valve
① Although an outdoor unit itself has been tested for air tightness at the factory, please check the connected pipes and indoor units for air tightness from the check joint of
the service valve on the outdoor unit side. While conducting a test, keep the service valve shut all the time.
② Since refrigerant piping is pressurized to the design pressure of a unit with nitrogen gas for testing air tightness, please connect instruments according the drawing below.
Under no circumstances should chlorine-based refrigerant, oxygen or any other combustible gas be used to pressurize a system
Keep the service valve shut all the time. Do not open it under any circumstances.
Be sure to pressurize all of the liquid, gas pipes.
CAUTION
③ In pressurizing the piping, do not apply the specified level of pressure all at once, but gradually raise pressure.
Applying excessive pressure can cause an
a) Raise the pressure to 0.5 MPa, and then stop. Leave it for five minutes or more to see if the pressure drops.
inflow of nitrogen gas into an outdoor unit.
b) Then raise the pressure to 1.5 MPa, and stop. Leave it for five more minutes to see if the pressure drops.
c) Then raise the pressure to the specified level (3.24 MPa), and record the ambient temperature and the pressure.
d) If no pressure drop is observed with an installation pressurized to the specified level and left for about one day, it is acceptable. When the ambient temperature
changes 1℃, the pressure also changes approximately 0.01 MPa. The pressure, if changed, should be compensated for.
e) If a pressure drop is observed in checking e) and a) – d), a leak exists somewhere. Find a leak by applying bubble test liquid to welded parts and flare joints and repair
it. After repair, conduct an air-tightness test again.
④Always pull air from the pipes after the airtightness test.
Standard torque at sections on operation valve
Operation valve
Liquid pipe
To indoor unit
Operation valve size Shaft tightening torque Cap tightening torque
(mm)
(N·m)
(N·m)
Gas pipe
Gauge manifold
Lo
Hi
Nitrogen
gas
Lo knob
Hi knob
ø9.52 (3/8")
ø12.7 (1/2")
ø19.05 (3/4")
Service point
(check joint)
6~8
20~30
10~12
14~16
25~35
10~12
3
30~35
12~14
Securely tighten the cap and the blind nut after the adjustment.
Avoid applying any excessive force when operating the shaft or when
tightening the cap or blind nut. Otherwise, it could cause malfunction or
leakage from the shaft, cap or blind nut.
Outdoor unit
Pin type
▲
▲
Allen wrench type
Check joint blind nut
tightening torque
(N·m)
Remove the cap and adjust as shown below
Allen wrench
(M4)
Stopper
Open
Pin
State at shipping (closed)
Fluid/gas operation valve
・Open the valve stem till it hits the stopper. No need to apply
force more than that.
・ After the adjustment, replace the blind nut as it was.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
State of open
・After the adjustment, replace the cap as it
was.
27 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(2) Air purge (When washing pipes using the re-fresh kit, do not air purge before connecting the kit.)
CAUTION
Insufficient
degree
of
vacuum causes a capacity
shortage,
clogging
by
remaining moisture or
malfunction of compressor
Refrigerant
charge
after achieving -101 kPa or under (-755 mmHg
or under.
After letting it alone for
more than 1 hour, the
pointer needle of vacuum
gauge should not creep
up.
Degree of
vacuum check
Operate the vacuum pump for more than 1 hour
Completion of
air purge
Completion of
air tightness test
<Work flow>
Start of air purge
Perform the air purge from both the operation check joints at fluid side and gas side.
When the needle pointer of vacuum gauge has crept up, it means that there is moisture in or leakage
from the system. Identify and repair the leaking position and then perform the air purge again.
This product uses R410A. Take care of the following points.
To avoid contamination with different type of oil, use separate tools depending on the type of refrigerant. It is prohibited especially to
use the gauge manifold and the charge hose for different types of refrigerant (R22, R407C).
Use a reverse flow prevention adaptor to prevent the contamination of refrigerant system with vacuum pump oil.
4-4. Additional charge of refrigerant (When washing pipes using the re-fresh kit, do not charge additional refrigerant before connecting the kit.)
●Refrigerant must be in the state of fluid when charging.
●Make sure to use a measuring device when charging the refrigerant.
When it cannot charge whole required quantity because the outdoor unit is stopped, operate the unit in the test run mode and charge. (See Section 8 for the method of test run.)
Operating the unit for a long period of time with insufficient quantity of refrigerant could cause malfunction on the compressor. (When charging while operating the unit,
especially, complete the charge within 30 minutes.)
This unit contains 11.5 kg of refrigerant.
Calculate necessary quantity of additional charge with the following formula, and record the quantity of additionally charged refrigerant on the refrigerant quantity list provided
on the back of service panel.
●Charge the additional refrigerant depending on the size and length of fluid pipe. Determine the quantity of additional charge by rounding the second place after decimal point,
which means in the unit of 0.1 kg.
Additional charge quantity (kg)
=2.5+
(L3×0.17)
+
(L4×0.11)
+
(L5×0.054)
Standard additional refrigerant quantity
Make sure to charge this quantity in addition
to the charge quantity for the refrigerant piping.
L3: Tot al length of ø15.88 pipes (m), L4: Total length of ø12.7 pipes (m)
L5: Total length of ø0.952 pipes (m), L6: Total length of ø6.35 pipes (m)
+
(L6×0.022)
Charge quantity for the refrigerant piping
Refrigerant pipe size
ø15.88
ø12.7
ø9.52
ø6.35
0.17
0.11
0.054
0.022
Additional charge quantity(kg/m）
Remark
●This product uses R410A. Take care of the following points.
∙ To avoid contamination with different type of oil, use separate tools depending on the type of refrigerant. It is prohibited especially to use the gauge manifold and the charge
hose for different types of refrigerant (R22, R407C).
∙ Type of refrigerant is indicated with the color painted on the container (Yellow for R410A). Sufficient care must be taken to use correct refrigerant only.
∙ Never use a charge cylinder. Otherwise, the composition of refrigerant may change when introducing R410A into the cylinder.
∙ Make sure to charge the refrigerant in the state of fluid.
CAUTION
●Request
Record the refrigerant quantity calculated based
on the piping length in the refrigerant quantity
list provided on the back of service panel.
Make sure to enter the data. The data is required at maintenance or service.
Attached on the back of service panel.
Refrigerant quantity label
4-5. Heat insulation and moisture condensation proof
(1) Dress refrigerant pipes (both gas and liquid pipes) for heat insulation and prevention of dew condensation.
Improper heat insulation/anti-dew dressing can result in a water leak or dripping causing damage to household effects, etc.
(2) Use a heat insulating material that can withstand 120℃ or a higher temperature. Poor heat insulating capacity can cause
heat insulation problems or cable deterioration.
● All gas pipes must be securely heat insulated in order to prevent damage from dripping water that comes from the
condensation formed on them during a cooling operation or personal injury from burns because their surface can reach quite
a high temperature due to discharged gas flowing inside during a heating operation.
● Wrap indoor units’ flare joints with heat insulating parts (pipe cover) for heat insulation (both gas and liquid pipes).
● Give heat insulation to both gas and liquid side pipes. Bundle a heat insulating material and a pipe tightly together so that
no gaps may be left between them and wrap them together with a connecting cable by a dressing tape.
● Although it is verified in a test that this air conditioning unit shows satisfactory performance under JIS condensation test
conditions, both gas and liquid pipes need to be dressed with 20mm, or over, heat insulation materials additionally above
the ceiling where relative humidity exceeds 70%.
Wires for connecting indoor
and outdoor units
Liquid piping
Exterior tape
Gas piping
Insulation
Band (accessory)
Pipe cover (accessory)
5. Drainage
●
●
●
●
●
Where water drained from the outdoor unit may freeze, connect the drain pipe using optional drain elbow and
drain grommet.
Outdoor unit has 4 drain outlets on the bottom.
When guiding drain water to a scupper, etc, install the parts on a flat stand (optional item), blocks, or other.
Connect the drain elbow as shown by the figure. Seal remaining holes with grommets.
When draining water collectively, use holes for wires and pipes opened other than on the bottom. When this is
impracticable, sufficiently seal the drain pipe to prevent water leakage.
Drain elbow (1 pc)
Drain grommet (3 pcs.)
Commercial general purpose hard
polycarbonate pipe, VP-16
-
AMP Air Conditioning
28 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6. Electric wiring
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
Please install an earth leakage breaker without fail. The installation of an earth leakage breaker is compulsory in order to prevent electric shocks or fire accidents.
(Since this unit employs inverter control, please use an impulse withstanding type to prevent an earth leakage breaker’s false actuation.)
Please note
a) Use only copper wires.
Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
- braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51), if allowed in the relevant part 2;
- ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53);
- flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41)
- ordinary polyvinyl chloride sheathed cord (code designation 60227 IEC 53).
Please do not use anything lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (cord designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
b) Use separate power supplies for the indoor and outdoor units.
c) The power supplies for indoor units in the same system should turn on and off simultaneously.
d) Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire.
A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
If improperly grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
e) The installation of an impulse with standing type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an accident such as an electric shock
or a fire. Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completed. Be sure to turn off the power when servicing.
f ) Please do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It does not improve power factor, while it can cause an abnormal overheat accident)
g) For power supply cables, use conduits.
h) Please do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling lines) and other high current cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result in
malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
i ) Power cables and signaling lines must always be connected to the terminal block and secured by cable fastening clamps provided in the unit.
j ) Fasten cables so that they may not touch the piping, etc.
k) When cables are connected, please make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are not free or not loose on the terminal connection and then
attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water penetrates into the box.)
l ) Make sure to use circuit breakers (earth leakage breaker and circuit breaker) of proper capacity.
Use of breakers of larger capacity could result in trouble on components or fire accident.
The circuit breaker should isolate all poles under over current.
m) Install isolator or disconnect switch on the power supply wiring in accordance with the local codes and regulations. The isolator should be locked in OFF state in accordance with
EN60204-1.
n) After maintenance, all wiring, wiring ties and the like, should be returned to their original state and wiring route, and the necessary clearance from all metal parts should be secured.
6-1. Wiring system drawing
(Example of combination) Power supply (outdoor unit side)
380/415V 3N ∼ 50Hz
Power supply (indoor unit side)
220/240V ∼ 50Hz
220V ∼ 60Hz
Earth leakage
breaker
Grounding work
6-2. Power supply connection
●
Signal wire (between outdoor - indoor units〈Ⅰ〉)
1 Ａ・Ｂ
・
2 X・Y
1 Ａ・Ｂ
・
2 X・Y
〈Ⅰ〉
Remote controller wire
(1) Method of leading out cables
●
Outdoor unit
Ａ1・Ｂ1
・・・
・・・
Circuit breaker
for cabling
Indoor unit
●
L1・L2・L3・N
Earth leakage Circuit breaker Grounding work
breaker
for cabling
Signal wire (between indoor units)
X・Y
If the earth leakage breaker is exclusively
for ground fault protection, then you will
need to install a circuit breaker for wiring
work.
〈Ⅷ〉
〈Ⅱ〉
X・Y
Remote
controller
CAUTION
1 Ａ・Ｂ
・
2 X・Y
・・・
・・・
X・Y
As shown on the drawing in Section 4-2, cables can be laid through the front, right, left or bottom casing.
In wiring on the installation site, cut off a half-blank covering a penetration of the casing with nippers.
In the case of an installation using a collective drain system, use a port other than the bottom one to take out cables and pipes. If the bottom port is used, seal it thoroughly so that drain
water may not spill out.
(2) Notabilia in connecting power cables
Connect the ground wire before you connect the power cable. When you connect a grounding wire to a terminal block, use a
grounding wire longer than the power cable so that it may not be subject to tension.
Do not turn on power until installation work is completed. Turn off power to the unit before you service the unit.
● Ensure that the unit is properly grounded.
● Always connect power cables to the power terminal block.
● To connect a cable to the power terminal block, use a round crimp contact terminal.
If two cables are to be connected to one terminal, arrange cables in such a manner that you put their crimp contact terminals
together back to back. Further, put the thinner cable above the thicker one in arranging cables for such connection.
● Use specified wires in wiring, and fasten them securely in such a manner that the terminal blocks are not subject to external
force.
● In fastening a screw of a terminal block, use a correct-size driver.
Fastening a screw of a terminal block with excessive force can break the screw.
● When electrical installation work is completed, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box
are free of loose connector coupling or terminal connection.
●
Round crimp
contact terminal
●
Terminal block
Crimp
contact terminal
Wire
Diameter of a cable:thin
Diameter of a cable:thick
(3) Outdoor unit power supply specification: 380/415V 3N~ 50Hz 380V 3N~ 60Hz
Moulded-case circuit breaker (A)
Model
Power source
Cable size for
power source (mm2)
Wire length
(m)
Rated current
Switch capacity
224KXE6
280KXE6
Three-phase
380/415V 50Hz
380V 60Hz
5.5
54
30
30
Please note
Earth leakage breaker
30A, 30mA
less than 0.1 sec
Earth wire
Size (mm2)
Screw type
2
M5
a) The method of laying cables has been determined pursuant to the Japanese indoor wiring regulations (JEAC8001).
(Please adapt it to the regulations in effect in each country)
b) For details, please refer to the installation manual supplied with the indoor unit.
(4) Indoor unit power source (Outdoor unit is another power source.) & signal line Request
Combined total capacity Cable size for
power source(mm2)
of indoor units
less than 7A
2
less than 11A
3.5
less than 12A
less than 16A
Wire length(m)
Moulded-case circuit breaker (A)
Signal line (mm２)
Earth leakage breaker
outdoor-indoor indoor-indoor
Rated current Switch capacity
21
20
5.5
33
20
5.5
24
30
20A, 30mA
less than 0.1 sec
30
30A, 30mA
less than 0.1 sec
2 core × 0.75 ※
(a) Table at left shows the standard specification. Use the power supply of single phase 220/240V.
(b) Distance in the table shows the value obtained when indoor units are connected in series. The table shows the wire
size and the distance provided voltage drop is within 2% for each total current of indoor unit. Where the current
exceeds the values in the table, change the wire size according to the extension wiring regulations.
(c) Wires connected to indoor units are allowed up to 5.5 mm2. For 8 mm2 or more, use a dedicated pull box and branch
to indoor units with 5.5 mm2 or less.
※ Please use a shielded cable.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
29 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6-3. How to connect signal cables
The communication protocol can be choosen from following two types. One of them is the conventional Superlink (hereinafter previous SL) and the other is the new SuperlinkⅡ
(hereinafter new SL) . These two communication protocols have the following advantages and restrictions, so please choose a desirable one meeting your installation conditions
such as connected indoor units and centralized controller. When signal cables are connected into a network involving outdoor units, indoor units or centralized control equipment
that do not support new SL, please select communications in the previous SL mode, even if the refrigerant system is separated from theirs.
Communication protocol
New communication protocol (new SL)
Conventional communication protocol (previous SL)
Outdoor unit setting (SW5-5)
ON
OFF (Factory default)
No. of connectable indoor units
Max. 48
Max. 128
No. of connectable outdoor unitsin a network
Max. 48
Max. 32
No. of connectable outdoor units
Up to 1000m
Up to 2,000 m for wires other than shielding wire
Up to 1,500 m for 0.75 mm2 shielding wire (MVVS)
Up to 1,000 m for 1.25 mm2 shielding wire (MVVS)
Signal cable (furthest length)
Up to 1000m
Up to 1000m
Connectable units to a network
Units not supporting new SL (FD A
KXE4 series)
Units supporting new SL (FD
KXE6 series)
Can be used together.
Units supporting new SL (FD
KXE6 series)
Note: For FDT224 and 280 models, calculate the number of units taking 1 indoor unit as 2 units for the sake of communication.
● Signal cables are for DC 5 V. Never connect wires for 220/240 V or 380/415 V. Protective fuse on the PCB will trip.
① Confirm that signal cables are prevented from applying 220/240 V or 380/415 V
② Before turning the power on, check the resistance on the signal cable terminal block. If it is less than 100Ω, power supply cables may be connected to the signal cable
terminal block.
When the FD
KXE6 Series unit(s) only is connected;
Standard resistance value = 5,100/number of connected units
When the FD A
KXE4 Series unit(s) only is connected:
Standard resistance value = 9,200/number of connected units
When the FD A
KXE4 Series and type FD
KXE6 Series units are connected in a mixture:
Standard resistance value = 46,000/{(Number of FD A
KXE4 Series units connected x 5) + (Number of FD
KXE6 Series units connected x 9)}
Number of connected units includes the indoor unit, outdoor unit and SL devices.
If the resistance value is less than 100Ω, disconnect the signal cables temporarily to divide to more than one network, to reduce the number of indoor units on the same
network, and check each network
Indoor and outdoor units signal cables
Connect the signal line between indoor unit and outdoor unit to A1 and B1.
Connect the signal line between outdoor units to A2 and B2.
● Please use a shielded cable for a signal line and connect a shielding earth at all the indoor units and outdoor units.
●
●
(2) When plural outdoor units are used
(1) When one outdoor unit is used.
Outdoor signal line
terminal block
A1
B1
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
A1∙B1
A1∙B1
A1∙B1
Network connector
Indoor signal line
terminal block
A
B
A
B
A
B
Indoor unit
○Indoor and outdoor signal lines do not have a polarity.
Any of the connections in the following illustration can be made.
A1
A
A1
A
B1
B
B1
B
A2∙B2
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
A2∙B2
Indoor unit
A
A
A
B
B
B
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
A
A
A
B
B
B
(1) The signal lines can also be connected using the method shown below.
Outdoor unit
A2∙B2
Refrigerant pipe
Signal line
Important
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
○Loop wiring prohibited.
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
The signal lines cannot form a
loop, so the wirings shown as .......
in the diagram are prohibited.
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Power cable and signal cable connection
Network connector
Earth wire is
giving slack.
Wiring clamp
● Fix the cables not to exert external force to the terminal connection.
● Give adequate slack to cables in fastening them.
● Fix power cables separately from signal cables.
Outgoing cable direction
●
As like the refrigerant pipe, it can be let out in any of 4 directions of right-hand side,
front, rear and bottom.
Wiring label
The wiring label is attached on the back of the service panel.
●
Request
● When
connecting to the power supply terminal block,
use the crimp terminals for M5 as shown at right.
● When connecting to the signal terminal block, use
the crimp terminals for M3.5 as shown at right.
Remote controller wiring specifications
● For
the remote controller the standard wire is 0.3 mm2. The max. length
is up to 600 m. When the wire is more than 100 m long, use the wire
shown in the table.
● Use 3-core wires for FD A
KXE4 or 2-core wires for FD
KXE6.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
Length (m)
Wire size
Within 100 - 200
0.5mm2
Within - 300
0.75mm2
Within - 400
1.25mm2
Within - 600
2.0mm2
12.5 mm or less
7 mm or less
30 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
7. CONTROLLER SETTINGS
7-1. Unit address setting
This control system controls the controllers of more than one air conditioner's outdoor unit, indoor unit and remote control unit through communication control, using the microcomputers built in
the respective controllers. Address setting needs to be done for both outdoor and indoor units. Turn on power in the order of the outdoor units and then the indoor units.
Use 1 minute as the rule of thumb for an interval between them.
The communication protocol can be chosen from following two types. One of them is the conventional communication protocol (previous SL) and the other is the new communication protocol (new
SL). These two communication protocols have their own features and restrictions as shown by Table 6-3. Select them according the indoor units and the centralized control to be connected.
When signal cables are connected into a network involving outdoor units, indoor units or centralized control equipment that do not support new SL, please select communications in the previous SL
mode, even if the refrigerant system is separated from theirs.
When communication is established after setting addresses, check the communication protocol with the 7 segment display panel of the outdoor unit.
●Address
setting methods
The following address setting methods can be used. The procedure for automatic address setting is different from the conventional one.
Please use the automatic address setting function after reading this manual carefully.
new SL
previous SL
Automatic Manual Automatic Manual
Communication protocol
Address setting method
When plural refrigerant systems
are linked with signal lines
(e.g., to implement centralized
control)
Case 1 When signal lines linking plural refrigerant systems are provided between outdoor units.
(When the network connector is disconnected, refrigerant systems are separated each other)
OK※1
OK
×
OK
Case 2 When signal lines linking plural refrigerant systems are provided between indoor units.
×※2
OK
×
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
When only one refrigerant system is involved (signal lines do not link plural refrigerant systems)
※1 Do not connect the signal line between outdoor units to A1 and B1. This may interrupt proper address setting. (Case 3)
Do not connect the signal line between indoor unit and outdoor unit to A2 and B2. This may interrupt proper address setting. (Case 4)
※2 In Case 2, automatic address setting is not available. Set addresses manually.
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
A1·B1
A1·B1
A1·B1
Network connector
A1·B1
Signal line
A2·B2
A1·B1
A2·B2
A1·B1
Network connector
A2·B2
A2·B2
A2·B2
A2·B2
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Refrigerant pipe
CASE 1
Outdoor unit
CASE 2
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Network connector
A1·B1
A2·B2
A1·B1
A2·B2
A1·B1
Network connector
×
A2·B2
A1·B1
A2·B2
A1·B1
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
A
B
A
B
A
B
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
A
B
A
B
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A1·B1
A2·B2
Indoor unit
A
B
Indoor unit
A
B
CASE 4
CASE 3
Incorrect cable connection
(The signal line between outdoor units is connected to A1 and B1)
●Address
A2·B2
Incorrect cable connection
(The signal line between indoor unit and outdoor units is connected to A2 and B2)
No. setting
Set SW1 through 4 and SW5-2 provided on the PCB and SW1 & 2 provided on the outdoor unit PCB as shown in the drawings below.
SW2 (SW4)
SW1 (SW3)
For setting indoor No. (The ten’s and one’s)
8
8
7
7
4
5
6
For ten’s place
●Summary
of address setting methods (figures in [
Automatic address setting for
single refrigerant system installation
(previous SL/new SL)
Automatic address setting for
multiple refrigerant systems installation
(with new SL only)
By inserting a flat driver
(precision screw driver) into this
groove and turn the arrow to
point a desired number.
For one’s place
] should be used with previous SL)
Units supporting new SL
Indoor unit address setting
Indoor No. switch
Outdoor No. switch
Manual address setting
(previous SL/new SL)
6
Indoor No. switch (The hundred’s Place) [OFF : 0, ON : 1]
5
SW5-2
3
SW1, 2 (green) For setting outdoor No. (The ten’s and one’s)
0 1
2
Outdoor PCB
9
3
SW3, 4 (green) For setting outdoor No. (The ten’s and one’s)
0 1
2
Indoor PCB
9
4
SW1, 2 (blue)
Outdoor unit address setting
Outdoor No. switch
Units NOT supporting new SL
Indoor unit address setting
Outdoor unit address setting
Indoor No. switch
Outdoor No. switch
Outdoor No. switch
000~127 [47]
00~31 [47]
00~31 [47]
00~47
00~47
00~47
000
49
49
49
49
49
000
49
00~31
×
×
×
Do not set numbers other than those shown in the table, or an error may be generated.
Note: When units supporting new SL are added to a network using previous SL such as one involving FD A
KXE4 series units, choose previous SL for the communication protocol and set addresses manually.
Since the models FDT224 and 280 have 2 PCBs per unit, set different indoor unit No. and SW on each PCB.
● An outdoor unit No., which is used to identify which outdoor unit and indoor units are connected in a refrigerant system, is set on outdoor unit PCB and indoor unit PCB. Give the same outdoor unit
No. to all outdoor unit and indoor units connected in same refrigerant system.
● An indoor unit No. is used to identify individual indoor units. Assign a unique number that is not assigned to any other indoor units on the network.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
31 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Unless stated otherwise, the following procedures apply, when new SL is chosen for the communication protocol.
When previous SL is chosen, use figures shown in [ ] in carrying out these procedures.
Manual address setting
Generally applicable to new SL/previous SL, use figures in [ ] with previous SL.
① Outdoor unit address setting
Set as follows before you turn on power. Upon turning on power, the outdoor unit address is registered.
Set the Outdoor Unit No. switch to a number 00 - 31 [in the case of previous SL: 00 - 47].
Set a unique number by avoiding the numbers assigned to other outdoor units on the network.
② Indoor unit address setting
Set as follows before you turn on power. Upon turning on power, the indoor unit address is registered.
Set the Indoor Unit No. switch to a number 000 - 127 [in the case of previous SL: 00 - 47].
Set the Outdoor Unit No. switch to the outdoor unit No. of the associated outdoor unit within the range of 00 - 31 [in the case of previous SL: 00 - 47].
Set a unique number by avoiding the numbers assigned to other indoor units on the network.
③ Turn on power in order from the outdoor unit to indoor units. Give a one-minute or longer interval for them.
* When there are some units not supporting new SL connected in the network, set SW5-5 to ON to choose the previous SL communication mode.
In the case of previous SL, the maximum number of indoor units connectable in a network is 48.
Automatic address setting
Generally applicable to new SL/previous SL, use figures in [ ] with previous SL.
With new SL, you can set indoor unit addresses automatically even for an installation involving multiple refrigerant systems connected with same network, in addition to the conventional automatic
address setting of a single refrigerant system installation.
However, an installation must satisfy some additional requirements such as for wiring methods, so please read this manual carefully before you carry out automatic address setting.
(1) In the case of a single refrigerant system installation (Generally applicable to new SL/previous SL, use figures in [ ] with previous SL.)
① Outdoor unit address setting
Set as follows before you turn on power.
Make sure that the Outdoor Unit No. switch is set to 49 (factory setting)
② Indoor unit address setting
Set as follows before you turn on power.
Make sure that the Indoor Unit No. switch is set to 000 [in the case of previous SL: 49] (factory setting)
Make sure that the Outdoor Unit No. switch is set to 49 (factory setting)
③ Turn on power in order from the outdoor unit to indoor units. Give a one-minute or longer interval for them. Unlike the procedure set out in (2) below, you need not change settings from the 7
segment display panel.
④ Make sure that the number of indoor units indicated on the 7 segment display panel agrees with the number of the indoor units that are actually connected to the refrigerant system.
(2) In the case of a multiple refrigerant systems installation (Applicable to new SL only. In the case of previous SL, set addresses with some other method.)
(This option is available when the interconnection wiring among refrigerant systems is on the outdoor side and new SL is chosen as the communication protocol.)
Address setting procedure (perform these steps for each outdoor unit)
[STEP1] (Items set before turning on power)
① Outdoor unit address setting
Set as follows before you turn on power.
Set the Outdoor Unit No. switch to a number 00 - 31. Set a unique number by avoiding the numbers assigned to other outdoor units on the network.
② Indoor unit address setting
Set as follows before you turn on power.
Make sure that the Indoor Unit No. switch is set to 000 (factory setting)
Make sure that the Outdoor Unit No. switch is set to 49 (factory setting)
③ Isolate the present refrigerant system from the network.
Disengage the network connectors (white 2P) of the outdoor units. (Turning on power without isolating each refrigerant system will result in erroneous address setting.)
[STEP2] (Power on and automatic address setting)
④ Turn on power to the outdoor unit
Turn on power in order from the outdoor unit to indoor units. Give a one-minute or longer interval for them.
⑤ Select and enter “1” in P31 on the 7 segment display panel of each outdoor unit to input “Automatic address start.”
⑥ Input a starting address and the number of connected indoor units.
Input a starting address in P32 on the 7 segment display panel of each outdoor unit.
⑦ When a starting address is entered, the display indication will switch back to the “Number of Connected Indoor Units Input” screen.
Input the number of connected indoor units from the 7 segment display panel of each outdoor unit. Please input the number of connected indoor units for each outdoor unit. (You can input it
from P33 on the 7 segment display panel.)When the number of connected indoor units is entered, the 7 segment display panel indication will switch to “AUX” and start flickering.
[STEP3] (Automatic address setting completion check)
⑧ Indoor unit address determination
When the indoor unit addresses are all set, the 7 segment display panel indication will switch to “AUE” and start flickering.
If an error is detected in this process, the display will show “A○○.”
Check the 7 segment display panel of each outdoor unit.
Depending on the number of connected indoor units, it may take about 10 minutes before the indoor unit addresses are all set.
[STEP4] (Network definition setting)
⑨ Network connection
When you have confirmed an “AUE” indication on the display of each outdoor unit, engage the network connectors again.
⑩ Network polarity setting
After you have made sure that the network connectors are engaged in ⑧, select and enter “1” in P34 on the 7 segment display panel of any outdoor unit (on only 1 unit) to specify
network polarity.
⑪ Network setting completion check
When the network is defined, “End” will appear on the 7 segment display panel. An “End” indication will go off, when some operation is made from the 7 segment display panel or
3 minutes after.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
32 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
STEP1
STEP2
STEP3
STEP4
Indoor unit power source
②OFF
④ON
Outdoor unit power source
①OFF
④ON
Indoor unit
(indoor/outdoor No.SW)
②indoor000/outdoor 49
(factory setting)
–
ー
Outdoor unit (outdoor No.SW)
①01,02(Ex）
–
ー
ー
Network connectors
③Disconnect(each outdoor unit)
–
⑤ Select “Automatic Address Start”
on each outdoor unit.
⑥outdoor 01:｢01｣(Ex)
outdoor 02:｢04｣(Ex)
⑦outdoor 01:｢03｣(Ex)
outdoor 02:｢03｣(Ex)
ー
⑨Connect(each outdoor unit)
ー
ー
ー
ー
–
ー
⑩ Set in P34 on the 7 segment display
panel of any outdoor unit.
Start automatic address setting
Set starting address
Set the number of indoor unit
Polarity setting
ー
ー
ー
［STEP1］
ー
⑪「End」
⑧ “AUE”(blink), or “A○○” in error events.
⑦［AUX］(Blink）
7 segment display
–
［STEP2］
Outdoor unit [01]
Outdoor unit [02]
Outdoor unit [01]
Outdoor unit [02]
Start [01]
Number [03]
Start [04]
Number [03]
Refrigerant pipe
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
（00）+01
Indoor unit
（00）+04
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
（01）+01
Indoor unit
（01）+04
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
（02）+01
Indoor unit
（02）+04
Signal line
［STEP3］
［STEP4］
Outdoor unit [01]
Outdoor unit [02]
Outdoor unit [01]
Polarity
setting
Outdoor unit [02]
Indoor unit
01
Indoor unit
04
Indoor unit
01
Indoor unit
04
Indoor unit
02
Indoor unit
05
Indoor unit
02
Indoor unit
05
Indoor unit
03
Indoor unit
06
Indoor unit
03
Indoor unit
06
・Within a refrigerant system, indoor units are assigned addresses in the order they are recognized by the outdoor unit. Therefore, they are not necessarily assigned addresses in
order from the nearest to the outdoor unit first as depicted in drawings above.
・Make sure that power has been turned on to all indoor units.
・When addresses are set, you can have the registered indoor unit address No.’s and the outdoor unit address No. displayed on the remote control unit by pressing its Inspection
switch.
・Automatic address setting can be used for an installation in which prulal indoor units are controlled from one remote control unit.
・Once they are registered, addresses are stored in microcomputers, even if power is turned off.
・If you want to change an address after automatic address setting, you can change it from the remote control unit with its “Address Change” function or by means of manual
setting. Set a unique address by avoiding the address assigned to other indoor unit on the network when the address is changed.
・Do not turn on power to centralized control equipment until automatic address setting is completed.
・When addresses are set, be sure to perform a test run and ensure that you can operate all indoor and outdoor units normally. Also check the addresses assigned to the indoor
units.
Address change (available only with new SL)
“Address Change” is used, when you want to change an indoor unit address assigned with the “Automatic Address Setting” function from a remote control unit.
Accordingly, the conditions that permit an address change from a remote control unit are as follows.
Indoor unit address setting
Outdoor unit address setting
Indoor No.SW
Outdoor No.SW
Automatic address setting forsingle refrigerant system installation
000
49
49
Automatic address setting for multiple refrigerant systems installation
000
49
00~31
Outdoor No.SW
If “CHANGE ADD. ▼” is selected with some addresses falling outside these conditions, the following indication will appear for 3 seconds on the
remote controller ”INVALID OPER” .
-
AMP Air Conditioning
33 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Operating procedure
(1) When single indoor unit is connected to the remote controller.
Item
1
2
3
Address change mode
To set a new indoor unit No.
To set a new outdoor unit No.
Operation
Display
① Press the AIR CON No. switch for 3 seconds or longer.
[CHANGE ADD.▼]
② Each time when you press the
[CHANGE ADD.▼]
⇔[MASTER I/U▲]
switch, the display indication will be switched.
③ Press the Set switch when the display shows “CHANGE ADD. ▼”
and then start the address change mode, changing the display indication to the “Indoor Unit No.
Setting” screen from the currently assigned address.
[I/U 001 O/U 01] (1sec)
→[ SET I/U ADD.] (1sec)
→[I/U 001 ] (Blink)
④ Set a new indoor unit No. with the switch.
A number indicated on the display will increase or decrease by 1 upon pressing the ▲ or ▼
switch respectively.
[I/U 000▲」
⇔[I/U 001 ]
⇔[I/U 002 ]
⇔ ・・・
⇔[I/U 127▼]
⑤ After selecting an address, press the Set switch, and then the indoor unit address No. is defined.
[I/U 002] (2sec)
⑥ After showing the defined indoor address No. for 2 seconds, the display will change to the “Outdoor
Address No. Setting” screen.
The currently assigned address is shown as a default value.
[I/U 002] (2sec Lighting)
→[ SET O/U ADD.] (1sec)
→[O/U 01 ] (Blink)
⑦Set a new outdoor unit No. with the switch.
A number indicated on the display will increase or decrease by 1 upon pressing the ▲ or ▼
switch respectively.
[O/U 00▲]
⇔[O/U 01 ]
⇔[O/U 02 ]
⇔ ・・・
⇔[O/U 31▼]
⑧ After selecting an address, press the Set switch, and then the outdoor unit No. and the indoor
unit No. are defined.
[I/U 002 O/U 02] (2sec Lighting)
→[SET COMPLETE] (2sec Lighting)
→Returns to normal condition.
(2) When plural indoor units are connected to the remote controller.
When plural indoor units are connected, you can change their addresses without altering their cable connection.
Item
1
2
3
4
5
Address change mode
Operation
Display
① Press the AIR CON Unit No. switch for 3 seconds or longer.
[CHANGE ADD▼]
② Each time when you press the
[CHANGE ADD▼]
⇔[MASTER I/U▲]
switch, the display indication will be switched.
③ Press the Set switch when the display shows “CHANGE ADD. ▼”
The lowest indoor unit No. among the indoor units connected to the remote control unit will be shown.
[ SELECT I/U] (1sec)
→[I/U 001 O/U 01▲] (Blink)
④ Pressing the switch will change the display indication cyclically to show the unit No.’s
of the indoor units connected to the remote controller and the unit No.’s of the outdoor units
connected with them.
[I/U 001 O/U 01▲」
⇔[I/U 002 O/U 01 ]
⇔[I/U 003 O/U 01 ]
⇔ ・・・
⇔[I/U 016 O/U 01▼」
⑤ Then the address No. of the indoor unit to be changed is determined and the screen switches to the
display “ SET I/U ADD.”
[ SET I/U ADD.] (1sec)
→[I/U 001 ](Blink)
Setting a new indoor unit No.
⑥ Set a new indoor unit No. with the switch.
A number indicated on the display will increase or decrease by 1 upon pressing the ▲ or ▼ switch
respectively.
[I/U 000▲]
⇔[I/U 001 ]
⇔[I/U 002 ]
⇔ ・・・
⇔[I/U 127▼]
⑦ After selecting an address, press the Set switch. Then the address No.of the indoor unit is determined.
[I/U 002] (2sec)
Setting a new outdoor unit No.
⑧ The display will indicate the determined indoor address No. for 2 seconds and then switch to the
“ SET O/U ADD.” screen.
A default value shown on the display is the current address.
[I/U 002] (2sec lighting)
⇔[ SET O/U ADD.](1sec)
⇔[O/U 01 ] (Blink)
⑨ Set a new outdoor unit No. with the switch.
A number indicated on the display will increase or decrease by 1 upon pressing the ▲ or ▼ switch
respectively.
[O/U 00▲]
⇔[O/U 01 ]
⇔[O/U 02 ]
⇔ ・・・
⇔[O/U 31▼]
⑩ After selecting an address, press the Set switch.
Then the address of the indoor unit and outdoor unit are determined.
[I/U 002 O/U 02](2sec lighting)
→[ SELECT](1sec lighting)
→[I/U SELECTION▼](lighting)
⑪ If you want to continue to change addresses, return to step ④.
[Press the switch](1sec)
→[SET COMPLETE] (2∼10sec
lighting)
⑫ If you want to end the session (and reflect new address settings)
In Step ⑩, press the ▼ switch to select “END ▲.”
If you have finished changing addresses, press the Set switch while “END ▲” is shown. While new settings
are being transmitted, “SET COMPLETE” will be indicated. Then the remote controller display will change to
the normal state.
[END▲]
→[SET COMPLETE] (2∼10sec lighting)
→Normal state
⑬ If you want to end the session (without reflecting new address settings)
Before you complete the present address setting session, press the “ON/OFF” switch.
Then the display is change to exit from this mode and switch the display to the normal state.
All address settings changed in the session will be aborted and not reflected.
[ON/OFF]
→Forced termination
Selecting an indoor unit
to be changed address
Ending the session
The switch will continuously change the display indication to the next one in every 0.25 seconds when it is pressed for 0.75 seconds or longer.
If the Reset switch is pressed during an operation, the display indication returns to the one that was shown before the last Set switch operation.
Even if an indoor unit No. is changed in this mode, the registered indoor unit No. before address change mode is displayed when [I/U SELECTION ▼] is shown.
When “SET COMPLETE” is shown, indoor unit No.’s are registered.
NOTICE
Turn on power to centralized control equipment after the addresses are determined.
Turning on power in wrong order may result in a failure to recognize addresses.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
34 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
●
7 segment display indication in automatic address setting
Items that are to be set by the customer
Code
P30
P31
Contents of a display
Communication protocol
0: Previos SL mode
1: New SL mode
Automatic address start
Specify a starting indoor unit address in automatic address setting.
P32
Input starting address
P33
Input number of connected indoor units
P34
(The communication plotocol is displayed ; display only)
Polarity difinition
Specify the number of indoor units connected in the refrigerant system in automatic address setting.
0: Network polarity not defined.
1: Network polarity defined.
7 segment display indication in automatic address setting.
Code
Contents of a display
AUX
During automatic address setting.
X: The number of indoor units recognized by the outdoor unit.
AUE
Indoor unit address setting is completed normally.
End
Polarity is defined. (Automatic address)
Completed normally.
Address setting failure indication
Code
Contents of a display
Please check
A00
Unable to find any indoor unit that can be actually communicated with.
Are signal lines connected properly without any loose connections?
Is power for indoor units all turned on?
A01
The number of the indoor units that can be actually communicated with is less
than the number specified in P33 on the 7 segment display panel.
Are signal lines connected properly without any loose connections?
Input the number of connected indoor units again.
A02
The number of the indoor units that can be actually communicated with is
more than the number specified in P33 on the 7 segment display panel.
Are signal lines connected properly without any loose connections?
Are the network connectors coupled properly?
Input the number of connected indoor units again.
A03
Starting address (P32) + Number of connected indoor units (P33) > 128
Input the starting address again.
Input the number of connected indoor units again.
A04
While some units are operating in the previous SL mode on the network, the
automatic address setting on multiple refrigerant systems is attempted.
Perform manual address setting.
Separate old SL setting unit from the network
Arrange all units to operate in the new SL.
Error indication
Contents of a display
Code
Cause
E2
Duplicating indoor unit address.
・Incorrect manual address setting
E3
Incorrect pairing of indoor-outdoor units.
・An outdoor unit number that does not exist in the network is specified
・No master unit exists in combination outdoor unit.
E11
Address setting for plural remote controllers.
・Indoor unit address is set from plural remote controllers.
E12
Incorrect adderess setting of indoor units.
E31
Duplicating outdoor unit address.
・Automatic address setting and manual address setting are mixed.
・Plural outdoor units are exist as same address in same network.
E46
Incorrect setting.
・Automatic address setting and manual address setting are mixed.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
35 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
7-2. Selection of controls
Controls of outdoor unit may be selected as follows using the dip switches on the PCB and P○○ on the 7-segment.
To change P○○ on the 7-segment, hold down SW8 (7-segement display increment up: 1-digit), SW9 (7-segment increment up: 10-digit) and SW7 (Data write/Enter).
Content of control
Control selecting method
SW setting on PCB
P○○ on 7-segment
SW3-7 to ON=1 *1
Set external input function
allocation to “2” *1
Forced cooling mode
(It can be fixed at cooling with external input terminals open, or at heating with them short-circuited.)
SW5-1 to ON + SW5-2 to ON
ー
Cooling test run
SW5-1 to ON + SW5-2 to OFF
ー
Heating test run
ー
Pump down operation
Close the fluid operation valve on outdoor unit and set as follows:
(1) SW5-2 on PCB to ON
(2) SW5-3 on PCB to ON
(3) SW5-1 on PCB to ON
SW4-5:OFF, SW4-6:OFF*1
80% (Factory default)
SW4-5:ON , SW4-6:OFF*1
60%
SW4-5:OFF, SW4-6:ON*1
40%
SW4-5:ON , SW4-6:ON*1
00%
Set allocation of external
input function to “1” *1
Inputting signals to external input terminals selects the demand mode.
(J13 short-circuited: Level input, J13 open: Pulse input)
SW5-5
ー
Communication method selection ON: Previous SL communication, OFF: New SL communication
J13: Closed (Factory default), J13: Open
ー
External input switing (CnS1, CnS2 only) Closed: Level input, Open: Pulse input)
J14: Closed (Factory default), J14: Open
Defrost recover temperature Closed: normal, Open: cold weather district
Defrost start temperature
Closed: normal, Open: cold weather district
Operation priority selection
0: First push priority (at shipping)
1: Last push priority
ー
J15: Closed (Factory default), J15: Open
ー
P01
ー
P02
ー
P03
ー
P04
ー
P05
Silencing mode setting 0 (at shipping) - 3: Larger values for larger effect
ー
P06
Allocation of external output (CnZ1)
ー
P07
Allocation of external input (CnS1)
ー
P08
Allocation of external input (CnS2)
ー
P09
Allocation of external input (CnG1)
ー
P10
Allocation of external input (CnG2)
ー
P11∼
Spare
Outdoor unit fan snow protection control
0: Control disabled (at shipping)
1: Control enabled
Outdoor unit fan snow protection control ON time setting - 30 sec (at shipping) 10, 30-600 sec
Energy saving mode *2 OFF: Disabled (at shipping)
2 stage demand mode 000, 040, 060, 080 [%]
*1 Control is switched when both the allocation of external input function (P07-10) and SW are changed.
(Example: To use CnS1 for the input of forced cooling mode, set P07 at 2 and SW3-7 at ON. To use CnS2 for the input of forced cooling mode, set P08 at 2 and SW3-7 at ON.)
*2 In the energy saving mode, the capacity restriction becomes effective even if no signals are input at external input terminals.
By changing the allocation of external input functions (P07-19) on the 7-segment, functions of external
input terminals may be selected. Inputting signals to external input terminals enable the following functions.
Setting value for allocation of external input function
The external output function of CnZ1 can be changed by
changing the setting in P06 on the 7 segment display panel.
"0" : Operation output
With external input terminals short-circuited With external input terminals open
"0" : External operation input
Invalid
Valid
"1" : Error output
"1" : Demand input
Invalid
Valid
"2" : Compressor ON output
"2" : Cooling/heating forced input
Valid
Invalid
"3" : Fan ON output
"3" : Silent mode 1 *1
Valid
Invalid
"4 – 9" : Spare
"5" : Outdoor fan snow guard control input
Valid
Invalid
"6" : Test run external input 1 (equivalent to SW5-1)
Test run start
Normal
"7" : Test run external input 2 (equivalent to SW5-2)
Cooling
Heating
"8" : Silent mode 2 *2
Valid
Invalid
"9" : 2 stage demand input
Invalid
Valid
"4" : Spare
*1 Valid/invalid is changed depending on outdoor temperature.
*2 It is always Valid, regardless of outdoor temperature.
7-3. External input and output terminals specifications
Name
Purpose (Factory default)
Specification
Operating side connector
External input CnS1
External operation input (Closed at shipping)
Non-voltage contactor (DC12V)
J.S.T (NICHIATSU) B02B-XAMK-2 (LF) (SN)
External input CnS2
Demand input (Closed at shipping)
Non-voltage contactor (DC12V)
J.S.T (NICHIATSU) B02B-XARK-2 (LF) (SN)
External input CnG1
Forced refrigerant input (Open at shipping)
Non-voltage contactor (DC12V)
J.S.T (NICHIATSU) B02B-XAEK-2 (LF) (SN)
External input CnG2
Silencing mode input (Open at shipping)
Non-voltage contactor (DC12V)
J.S.T (NICHIATSU) B02B-XASK-2 (LF) (SN)
External output CnZ1
Spare output (External output)
DC12V output
MOLEX 5566-02A-RE
External output CnH
Operation output
DC12V output
MOLEX 5566-02A-BU
External output CnY
Error output
DC12V output
MOLEX 5266-02A
-
AMP Air Conditioning
36 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
8. TEST OPERATION AND TRANSFER
8-1. Before starting operation
(1) Make sure that a measurement between the power supply terminal block and ground, when measured with a 500V megger tester, is greater than 1 MΩ.
When the unit is left for a long time with power OFF or just after the installation, there is possibility that the refrigerant is accumulated in the compressor and the insulation
resistance between the contact terminals for power supply and grounding decreases to 1MΩ or around.
When the insulation resistance is 1MΩ or more, the insulation resistance will rise with crank case heater power ON for 6 hours or more because the refrigerant in the
compressor is evaporated.
(2) When the resistance of the signaling line terminal block is 100Ω or less before turning the power on, the power cables may be connected to the signaling line terminal block.
Check the wiring referring to the standard resistance value of 6-3.
(3) Be sure turn ON the power supply to supply power to the crank case heater 6 hours before operation.
After supplying the power to the crank case heater, the compressor may not start unless the time mentioned above elapses. (For protection of compressor)
In such occasion, the 7-segment LED shows “dL○○○○”. Wait till the temperature in the compressor rises sufficiently after turning power on to the crank case heater,
before starting the test run.
(4) Make sure that the bottom of the compressor casing is warm.
(5) Be sure to fully open the service valves (liquid, gas) for the outdoor unit.
Operating the outdoor unit with the valves closed may damage the compressor.
(6) Confirm that the power is supplied to all indoor units. It could cause trouble if there is any indoor unit which is not powered.
CAUTION
Please make sure that the service valves (gas, liquid) are full open before a test run. Conducing a test run with any of them
in a closed position can result in a compressor failure.
8-2. Test run (When washing pipes using the re-fresh kit, refer to the instruction manual packed with the ref-fresh kit for the procedures, etc.)
(1) Test run from an outdoor unit.
Whether CnS1 is set to ON or OFF, you can start a test run by using the SW5-1 and SW5-2 switches provided on the outdoor unit PCB.
Select the test run mode first.
Please set SW5-2 to ON for a cooling test run or OFF for a heating test run. (It is set to OFF at the factory for shipment)
Turning SW5-1 from OFF to ON next will cause all connected indoor units to start.
When a test run is completed, please set SW5-1 to OFF.
Note: During a test run, an indoor unit cannot be operated from the remote control unit (to change settings). (“Under centralized control” is indicated)
(2) Method of starting a test run for a cooling operation from an outdoor unit: please operate a remote control unit according to the following steps.
(a) Start of a cooling test run
○Operate the unit by pressing the START/STOP button.
○Select the “COOLING” mode with the MODE button.
○Press the TEST RUN button for 3 seconds or longer.
The screen display will be switched from “Select with ITEM ”→“Determine with SET ”→“Cooling test run▼.”
○When the SET button is pressed while “Cooling test run▼ ” is displayed, a cooling test run will start. The screen display will be switched to “COOLING TEST RUN.”
(b) Termination of a cooling test run
○When the START/STOP button or the “TEMP SET
” button is pressed, a cooling test run will be terminated.
8-3. Transfer
After completing the installation and test run, explain methods of use and maintenance to the customer, referring to the Instruction Manual. Ask the customer to keep the
installation manual safely together with the Instruction Manual.
● Instruct the customer that the power should not be turned off even if the unit is not to be used for a long time. This will enable operation of the air conditioner any time.
(Since the compressor bottom is warmed by the crank case heater, seasonal compressor trouble can be prevented.)
●
9. CAUTIONS FOR SERVICING (for R410A and compatible machines)
(1) To avoid mixing of different types of oil, use separate tools for each type of refrigerant.
(2) To avoid moisture from being absorbed by the ice machine oil, the time for when the refrigerant circuit is open should be kept as short as possible.
(Within 10 min. is ideal.)
(3) For other piping work, airtighteness testing , vacuuming, and refrigerant charging, refer to section 4, REFRIGERANT PIPING.
(4) Diagnostic Inspection Procedures
For the meanings of failure diagnosis messages, please refer to the technical manual.
(5) 7-segment LED indication
Data are indicated when so chosen with the indication selector switch. For the details of indication, please refer to the technical manual.
(6) Internal wiring
After maintenance, all wiring, wiring ties and the like, should be returned to their original state and wiring route, and the necessary clearance from all metal parts should be
secured.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
37 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
Method for connecting the accessory pipe
About brazing
1 Referring to Table 1 and Table 2 , prepare the straight pipe and the elbow in the field, which are
used in the construction examples A-D applicable to the connecting direction.
2 Firstly, use the accessory pipe to assemble the connecting pipe assembly outside the outdoor unit.
As shown in the figures of construction examples A∼D applicable to the connecting direction
(chain double dashed line), braze the accessory pipe and the parts prepared in the above 1 .
●Orient the accessory pipe according to the dimensions as shown in
of Fig. 1.
3 After assembly of the connecting pipe, connect it to the operation valve on the gas side inside the
outdoor unit.
Tighten the flare nut with appropriate torque.
4 After connection of the connecting pipe assembly to the operation valve on the gas side, braze the
connecting pipe assembly and the field pipe.
5 After the brazing, insulate using the attached heat insulating material and band as shown by Fig. 2.
Be sure to braze while supplying nitrogen gas.
If no nitrogen gas is supplled, a large amount of impurity (oxidized film) will be generated,
which may clog the capillary tube and the expansion valve, resulting in fatal malfunction.
Heat insulating
material x 1 pc
Accessory pipe x 1 pc
Band x 2 pcs
Heat insulating material is attached to the accessory pipe with
band. When installing the heat insulating material, cut the band
and retrieve it.
Two pieces of fig. 2 band for installation are found in a bag.
Proper torque
100~120N·m
Operation valve connecting
position at gas side
67
Table 1 Parts used for the connecting pipe assembly
Remark
Heat insulating material
(Accessory)
Band
(Accessory)
Accessory pipe
Accessory
Internal face of base
Accessory
Internal face of base
-
38 -
No.
Quantity
Name
1
1
Accessory pipe
2 Heat insulating material
1
3
2
Band
4 Straight pipe 1
1
5 Straight pipe 2
1 or 0
6
1 or 0
Elbow
ø19.05
Accessory
Procured at the field
Procured at the field (Not required for downward direction)
Accessory pipe position
Procured at the field (Not required for downward direction)
(Fig. 1)
40
Heat insulating method
(Fig. 2)
Straight pipe 1
(Procured in the field,
270 mm or more)
Table 2 Length and specification of straight pipe (Procured in the field)
A Downward
B Forward
C Rightward
D Backward
Straight pipe1
270 mm or over
70∼120mm
70∼120mm
70∼120mm
Straight pipe2
—
125mm or over
125mm or over
515mm or over
Be sure to use pipes of 1/2H material, and wall thickness above 1mm. (Pressure resistance of O-type
pipe is not enough)
Pipe specification
224
280
Braze the refrigerant
pipe here.
ø19.05-ø25.4
ø22.22-ø28.58
6.3 Method for connecting the accessory pipe
Be sure to use the accessory pipe to connect the operation valve on the
gas side with the field pipe.
Connection example of refrigerant pipe - A
Select and use the pipes, which are procured in the field,
according to the specification that corresponds to the
outdoor unit capacity as described in the installation manual.
(Downward connection)
Accessory pipe
Accessory pipe
Braze the refrigerant pipe here.
Straight pipe 1
(Procured in the field,
70 - 120 mm)
Straight pipe 1
(Procured in the field,
70 - 120 mm)
Straight pipe 2
(Procured in the field,
125 mm or more)
Connection example of refrigerant pipe - B
(Forward connection)
AMP Air Conditioning
Accessory pipe
Braze the refrigerant
pipe here.
Straight pipe 2
(Procured in the field,
125 mm or more)
Elbow,
procured in the field
Braze the refrigerant pipe here.
Connection example of refrigerant pipe - C
(Rightward connection)
'11 • KX-T-166
Elbow,
procured in the field
Straight pipe 1
(Procured in the field,
70 - 120 mm)
Straight pipe 2
(Procured in the field,
515 mm or more)
Elbow,
procured in the field
Connection example of refrigerant pipe - D
(Backward connection)
PSB012D917G
k
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6.4 Installation work check sheet (For heat pump unit)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
39 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Pressure:4.15MPa(in case of FDCR:3.24MPa)No fluctuation
of pressure for 24 hours. Refer to the technical manual
about the pressure fluctuation caused from temperature.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
40 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6.5 Check operation procedure
(1)
Check operation
The following ① – ③ can be checked automatically with this operation.
① Checking of operation valves opened/closed.
Checks to see if operation valves are opened.
② Checking of mismatch on wiring or piping.
Checks to see if refrigerant piping or signal wiring between indoor and outdoor units in the same refrigerant system are
connected properly.
③ Checking of indoor expansion valve operation.
Checks to see if indoor expansion valve operates properly.
* Check operation should be performed before initial test run after completion of installation.
When any corrective measure for nonconformity has been taken, perform the check operation again after repair.
Operational condition
࡮Temperature range: Outdoor air temperature … 0 㨪 43℃, Indoor air temperature … 10 㨪 32℃.
࡮Connecting capacity of indoor units: 80% or more of outdoor unit capacity.
Precautions
࡮Check each outdoor unit system for single use or each refrigeration system for combination use.
Outdoor units in other refrigerant system shall not be operated.
࡮After turning on power supply to outdoor unit and connected indoor units, start check operation with all connected indoor
units stopped.
࡮In combination use, check the setting and the result displayed on the 7-segment display of master outdoor unit.
࡮If the unit has been operating before check operation, wait for 5 minutes after stopping the unit operation before starting
check operation, in order to avoid misjudgment.
࡮In combination use, judging operation valves opened or closed by check operation can be done as no good (NG), when
all of operation valves in liquid line, gas line and oil equalizing line of both master and slave outdoor units are closed.
However, in other cases than the above, judgment may not be done.
࡮During check operation it is impossible to stop operation from remote controller. Accordingly, before starting check operation,
be sure to confirm that no one working near the indoor unit especially near the rotating part such as fan of indoor unit or
something is remaining near the fan of indoor unit.
Purpose
‫ޓ‬The purpose of this check operation is only to verify any overlooked items to be checked during the ordinary checking done
at the site after installation. Accordingly it has no function to substitute the ordinary checking to be done during or after installation
work and to restore automatically as a result of checking operation.
‫ޓ‬Therefore be sure to conduct the checking in ordinary way after installation firstly, and then to perform this check operation.
We believe that this checking method could prevent from overlooking any items to be checked.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
41 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(2) Flow of the check operation
Check operation is performed as follows.
Start
Preliminary check Note (1)
Auto checking Note (2)
Judgment of checked result Note (3)
NG
OK
End
Note (1) For preliminary check method, refer to “(3) Confirmation before check operation”.
(2) For details of check operation, refer to “(4) Check operation procedure”.
(3) For measures to be taken in case of NG, refer to “(5) Measures to be taken after check operation”.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
42 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(3) Confirmation before check operation
・Confirm the installation has been completed properly by hearing, actual inspection or other method.
・This preliminary confirmation is indispensable to prevent troubles during or after check operation.
・Check operation can be performed only when the following conditions (1) – (8) are established.
・Check the following contents listed in the table with 7-segment display and MentePC.
(1)
Item
Preparation
Content
Supply power to outdoor and
indoor units.
Check method
Check result
No outdoor unit in other
refrigerant systems is operating.
All indoor units are stopped.
It has elapsed more than 5
minutes after the stopping.
(2)
Connecting capacity of Connecting capacity of indoor
Check capacities of outdoor and indoor units.
indoor units
units is 80% or more of outdoor
unit capacity.
(3)
Address setting
Addresses of outdoor unit
Check the number of connected units.
(in combination use, both of master
and slave outdoor units) and
indoor units have been set.
(4)
Temperature range
Outdoor air temperature is 0 – Check outdoor air temperature with 7-segment
43℃. Indoor air temperature is display and indoor air temperature with
10 – 32℃.
MentePC.
(5)
Others
System communicating method Check the model name of outdoor unit, indoor
is of new SL.
units, central control device, etc.
System is not in error stop
condition.
Check to see if any error code (E??) is
displayed on indoor or outdoor unit.
(6)
Outdoor unit operation
valve
Outdoor unit operation valve is Check visually.
opened. *1
(7)
Refrigerant amount
Proper amount of refrigerant is Check the additional charged amount of
charged.
refrigerant is written in the plate for specifying
refrigerant charging amount on the back of
outdoor service panel.
(8)
Number of connected
indoor units
It is same as the number of
Check with 7-segement display or MentePC.
connected indoor units installed.
*1 ・Be sure to open the operation valves in both liquid and gas lines of outdoor unit before starting check operation. In combination use,
open the operation valves not only in liquid and gas lines but also in oil equalizing line of both master and slave outdoor units.
・Operating with operation valves closed causes vacuum operation that results in a compressor fault.
・If the operation valves are “closed” before test run, be sure to verify whether the evacuation, air tightness test and additional refrigerant
charge have been completed by hearing to installation contractor, before opening the operation valves.
Otherwise, it may cause such trouble as mixing air (non-condensation gas and water) in, forgetting to charge additional refrigerant
at the site, or others.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
43 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(4) Check operation procedure
Flow
Preliminary
check
Work
Operation status
(Displayed on 7-segment)
Meaning of
7-segment display
Check in advance as per “(3)
Confirmation before check
operation”.
Remarks
Don’t operate any outdoors unit in
other refrigerant systems during
check operation.
Start of check Turn “Chek operation switch “H1 Max. remaining time” Remaining time: Max. This operation status is displayed
operation
(SW3-5)” on outdoor control
remaining time for check during preparation for check
operation.
PCB from OFF to ON.
operation
Depending on conditions, it may not
When “H0-HE” is
“H0 HE”
be displayed.
In combination use, turn
displayed for more then 10 In combination use, “H0---” is
“Chek operation switch
minutes, then check
displayed on the slave outdoor unit.
(SW3-5) on master control
operation is not started yet. *Be sure to start check operation
PCB from OFF to ON.
In such case refer to “(3)
when all indoor units are stopping.
confirmation before check
Implementing
auto checking
End of auto
checking,
judgment
result
“H2 Max. remaining time” Remaining time: Max.
In combination use, “H0---” is
remaining time for auto displayed on the slave outdoor unit.
checking.
Record the indication of “CHO End”
7-segment indicator on
outdoor unit.
“CHL---”
Result of check operation End the check operation.
is judged normal.
Operation valve may be Refer to “(5) Measures to be
closed.
taken after check operation”.
“CHU Anomalous indoor Refrigerant piping or
unit No.”
signal wiring between
indoor and outdoor units
may not be connected
correctly.
“CHJ Anomalous indoor Indoor expansion valve
unit No.”
may not be operating
properly.
“CHE---”
Check operation has not
ended properly.
All judgment results at
the end are displayed.
Other display
Check of
Check for anomalous condition
nonconforming as per “(5) Measures to be
item
taken after check operation”
When any display other than Refer to “(5) Measures to be
“CHO-End” is displayed
taken after check operation”.
after auto checking.
End of check
operation
Returns to normal display.
Turn off “Chek operation
run switch (SW3-5)” on
outdoor control PCB.
Notes (1) W
hen “HO-HE” is displayed for more than 10 minutes, or any displays other than “CHO-End” is displayed at the end of cheek
operation, turn SW3-5 to OFF and take necessary measures.
And then turn SW3-5 to ON again and perform the check operation.
(2) During check operation it is impossible to stop operation from remote controller. Accordingly, before starting check operation, be
sure to confirm that no one working near the indoor unit especially near the rotating part such as fan of indoor unit or something is
remaining near the fan of indoor unit.
When interrupting check operation, turu SW3-5 to OFF, Compressor stops and 7-segment display returns to normal display.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
44 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(5) Measures to be taken after check operation
When any display other than “CHO-End” is displayed after completing the judgment of check operation, the meanings of each display are
shown as follows.
After checking the contents of inspection and repairing nonconforming items, perform check operation again.
Code
display
Data
display
CHL
---
Meaning of display
Contents of Inspection
Refrigerant circuit is choked at certain Operation valve on outdoor unit may be left closed.
place.
Low pressure sensor may be anomalous.
Check the detected pressure displayed on 7-segment and compare it with the
value measured with gauge manifold.
Refrigerant piping or signal wiring may not be connected properly. *1 (See page
47.) Check with Mente PC, etc.
Indoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor may be anomalous or disconnected.
*2 (See page 47.)
Refrigerant may not be charged correctly.
Indoor unit expansion valve may not be operating properly.
Connector of indoor unit expansion valve coil may not be connected. *3 (See page
47.)
Indoor unit expansion valve coil may be disconnected from main body of expansion
valve. *4 (See page 47.)
Outdoor unit PCB may be defective.
CHU
Anomalous Refrigerant is not circulated in the Refrigerant piping or signal cables may not be connected properly between indoor
indoor unit indoor unit of indicated No.
and outdoor units. *1 (See page 47.) Check with Mente PC, etc.
No.
Indoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor may be anomalous or disconnected.
*2 (See page 47.)
Operation valve on outdoor unit may be left closed.
Check it especially when many indoor units No. are displayed in data display column of CHU.
it may be displayed by influence of liquid flooding due to the trouble on any other
indoor unit. If CHJ is displayed at the same time, check preferentially the indoor
unit displaying CHJ and after repairing, perform check operation again.
Refrigerant may not be charged correctly.
Indoor unit expansion valve may not be operating properly.
Connector of indoor unit expansion valve coil may not be connected. *3 (See page
47.)
Indoor unit expansion valve coil may be disconnected from main body of expansion
valve. *4 (See page 47.)
CHJ
Anomalous Expansion valve on the indoor unit Indoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor may be anomalous or disconnected.
indoor unit of indicated No. does not operate *2 (See page 47.)
No.
properly.
it may be displayed by influence of liquid flooding due to the trouble on any other
indoor unit.
Contamination may be trapped in expansion valve due to installation or transitional cause.
Indoor unit expansion valve may not be operating properly.
Connector of indoor unit expansion valve coil may not be connected. *3 (See page
47.)
Indoor unit expansion valve coil may be disconnected from main body of expansion
valve. *4 (See page 47.)
Refrigerant may not be charged correctly.
CH1
---
Indoor heat exchanger temperature Indoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor may be anomalous or disconnected.
anomaly.
*2 (See page 47.)
CH3
---
Unable to do indoor EEV trouble check. Unable to do indoor EEV trouble check because of unstable operation.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
45 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Code
display
Data
display
CHH
---
Meaning of display
Contents of Inspection
It may be liquid flooding.
Refrigerant piping or signal cables may not be connected properly between indoor
and outdoor units. *1 (See next page.)
Power switch may be turned off on some indoor units.
Check if power is supplied to all indoor units.
Indoor unit expansion valve may not be operating properly.
Connector of indoor unit expansion valve coil may not be connected. *3 (See next
page)
Indoor unit expansion valve coil may be disconnected from main body of expansion
valve. *4 (See next page.)
If no indoor unit indicates CHJ, check also indoor units which are not showing CHJ.
Refrigerant may not be charged correctly.
CHE
---
Anomalous stop of check operation.
Some error may happen on indoor or outdoor units.
Check if any error code “E??” is displayed on indoor or outdoor units.
There may be anomalous on signal wire connection.
Check if signal wire is connected firmly.
SW setting on outdoor PCB might have been changed.
Check if any SW setting has been changed during check operation.
CHE
Anomalous Anomalous stop of check operation.
indoor unit
No.
Indoor unit indicated its No. has
anomaly.
Some error may happen on indoor or outdoor units.
Check if any error code “E??” is displayed on indoor or outdoor units.
There may be anomalous on signal wire connection.
Check if signal wire is connected firmly.
Power switch may be turned off on some indoor units.
Check if power is supplied to indoor units.
E
40
High pressure anomaly.
Refrigerant circuit may be choked at a certain place. Refer to the technical manual
or the above.
E
42
Current cut.
Refrigerant circuit may be choked at a certain place. Refer to the technical manual
or the above.
It might have been started operation while bottom of compressor was still cold.
Perform check operation again after the bottom of compressor has been enough
warm.
E
49
Low pressure anomaly.
Refrigerant circuit may be choked at a certain place. Refer to the technical manual
or the above.
E
36-3
Liquid flooding anomaly.
It may be in the same condition as “CHH---”. Refer to the technical manual or the
above.
Note (1) W
hen an error code (E??) is displayed, press SW9 to display all indicalions other than the error code in series.
Press SW9 again to return to error display.
(2) When check operation has been suspended, the followings listed in below table are displayed depending on judgment at
the time of stoppage.
Code display
Data display
HL
---
Refrigerant circuit is choked at a certain place.
Contents of display
HL
LPL
Refrigerant circuit is choked at a certain place. (In combination use)
HU
Anomalous indoor unit No. Refrigerant is not circulated in the indoor unit of indicated No.
HJ
Anomalous indoor unit No. Expansion valve does not operate on the indoor unit of indicated No.
UU
Anomalous indoor unit No. Refrigerant is not circulated in the indoor unit of indicated No.
U
Anomalous indoor unit No. Refrigerant was not circulated in the indoor unit of indicated No. just after starting but it
has been confirmed that it is now circulated.
(3) If refrigerant circuit is choked at a certain place, it may be stopped with error code E40 (High pressure anomaly), E42
(Current cut) or E49 (Low pressure anomaly).
(4) When it has stopped with error code E36-3 (Liquid flooding anomaly), it may be in the same condition as “CHH---”.
(5) When it has stopped with error code E42 (Current cut), it might have been started operation while bottom of compressor
was still cold. Perform check operation again after the bottom of compressor has been enough warm.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
46 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
*1
Piping
Wiring
・ Wrong wiring
・Normal
Outdoor unit
1
Outdoor unit
1
Indoor unit
1
Indoor unit
2
Outdoor unit
2
Indoor unit
1
Indoor unit
2
Indoor unit
3
Outdoor unit
2
Indoor unit
4
Indoor unit
3
Indoor unit
4
*2 (If the connector comes off by a weak pull, it’s no good. If not come off, It’s OK)
The connector of indoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor.
Normal　Disconnected
*3 (If the connector comes off by a weak pull, it’s no good. If not come off, It’s OK)
The connector of indoor expansion valve coil.
Normal　Disconnected
*4
The indoor expansion valve coil itself.
Normal　Disconnected from main body
-
AMP Air Conditioning
47 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
(6) Data sheet
<Check Operation Data Sheet>
Project name
Outdoor
unit
Location
Fill necessary data in advance
Model
Address
Master FDC
Slave FDC
Checked by
Date of checking
Weather
Outdoor air temperature
Start time of check operation
Completion time of check operation
Date of installation
(d/m/y)
Superlink version
Name of installer
Superlink II
Superlink I*
* In case of Superlink I, the check operation cannot be implemented.
Fill necessary data in advance
No.
Indoor unit
-
48 -
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
AMP Air Conditioning
Address
Piping length
O/U-I/U
Elevation difference
O/U-I/U
No.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Model
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
Address
Piping length
O/U-I/U
℃
(h/m/)
(h/m/)
Elevation difference
O/U-I/U
【Judgment】
Checked items
Result
① No anomaly allowed.
→ If anomaly occurred: Error code E② 7-segment display at completion
③ Others
(Comment/Measures to be taken/etc.)
'11 • KX-T-166
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Model
(d/m/y)
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6.6 Instructions for installing the branch pipe set (option)
PSB012D855B
a
G
G
G
G
-
AMP Air Conditioning
49 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
-
AMP Air Conditioning
50 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
G
G
G
G
-
AMP Air Conditioning
51 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
G
G
G
G
326
280
22
(22+22+22+22+22+36+36
+36+36+36+36)=326
(22+22+22+22+36+36
+36+36+36+36)=304
(36+36+36+36+36+36)=216
(36+36+36+36+36)=180
22
22
22
36
DIS-180-1G
2
36
36
(22+22+22+22)=88
DIS-180-1G
2
(36+36+36+36)=144
36
HEAD4-22-1G
HEAD4-22-1G2
DIS-180-1G
2
DIS-22-1G2
-
AMP Air Conditioning
36
52 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
PCB012D021A
6.7 Service valve kit Installation Manual
B
•Read these “Precautions for safety” carefully before starting installation work and do it in the proper way.
•Safety instructions listed here are grouped into Warnings and Cautions . If a non-compliant installation method is likely to result in a serious consequence such as death or major
Warnings to emphasize its importance. However, a failure to observe a safety instruction listed under
injury, the instruction is grouped into
consequence depending on the circumstances. Please observe all these instructions, because they include important points concerning safety.
Cautions can also result in a serious
•When you have completed installation work, perform a test run and make sure that the installation is working properly. Then, explain the customer how to operate and how to take care of
the air-conditioner according to the user’s manual. Please ask the customer to keep this installation manual together with the user’s manual.
CAUTION
WARNING
•Take care when carrying the unit by hand.
If the kit weights more than 20kg, it must be carried by two or more persons. Do not carry by the plastic straps, always use the
carry handle when carrying the unit by hand. Use gloves to minimize the risk of cuts by the aluminum fins.
•Dispose of any packing materials correctly.
Any remaining packing materials can cause personal injury as it contains nails and wood. And to avoid danger of suffocation, be
sure to keep the plastic wrapper away from children and to dispose after tear it up.
•Be sure to insulate the refrigerant pipes so as not to condense the ambient air moisture on them.
Insufficient insulation can cause condensation, which can lead to moisture damage on the ceiling, floor, furniture and any other
valuables.
•Be sure to perform air tightness test by pressurizing with nitrogen gas after completed refrigerant piping work.
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit in the event of refrigerant leakage in the small room, lack of oxygen can occur, which
can cause serious accidents.
•Perform installation work properly according to this installation manual.
Improper installation can cause abnormal vibrations or increased noise generation.
•Installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it may cause serious trouble such as water leaks, electric shocks, fire and personal injury,
as a result of a system malfunction.
•Install the system in full accordance with the instruction manual.
Incorrect installation may cause bursts, personal injury, water leaks, electric shocks and fire.
•Use the original accessories and the specified components for installation.
If parts other than those prescribed by us are used, It may cause fall of the unit, water leaks, electric shocks, fire, refrigerant
leak, substanard performance, contrl failure and personal injury.
•When installing in small rooms, take prevention measures not to exceed the density limit of refrigerant in the event of leakage
accordance with ISO5149.
Consult the expert about prevention measures. If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit in the event of leakage, lack of
oxygen can occur, which can cause serious accidents.
•Ventilate the working area well in the event of refrigerant leakage during installation.
If the refrigerant comes into contact with naked flames, poisonous gas is produced.
•After completed installation, check that no refrigerant leaks from the system.
If refrigerant leaks into the room and comes into contact with an oven or other hot surface, poisonous gas is produced.
•Hang up the unit at the specified points with ropes which can support the weight in lifting for portage. And to avoid jolting out
of alignment, be sure to hang up the unit at 4-point support.
An improper manner of portage such as 3-point support can cause death or serious personal injury due to falling of the unit.
•Install the unit in a location with good support.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material damage and personal injury.
•Ensure the unit is stable when installed, so that it can withstand earthquakes and strong winds.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material damage and personal injury.
•Be sure not to reuse existing refrigerant pipes
Conventional refrigerant oil or chlorine contained in the conventional refrigerant which is remaining in the existing refrigerant
pipes can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil of new unit. And 1.6 times higher pressure of R410A refrigerant than
conventional one can cause burst of existing pipe, personal injury or serious accident.
•Do not perform brazing work in the airtight room
It can cause lack of oxygen.
•Use the prescribed pipes, flare nuts and tools for R410A.
Using existing parts (for R22 or R407C) can cause the unit failure and serious accidents due to burst of the refrigerant circuit.
•Tighten the flare nut by using double spanners and torque wrench according to prescribed method. Be sure not to tighten the
flare nut too much.
Loose flare connection or damage on the flare part by tightening with excess torque can cause burst or refrigerant leaks which
may result in lack of oxygen.
•Do not open the service valves for liquid line and gas line until completed refrigerant piping work, air tightness test and
evacuation.
If the compressor is operated in state of opening service valves before completed connection of refrigerant piping work, you
may incur frost bite or injury from an abrupt refrigerant outflow and air can be sucked into refrigerant circuit, which can cause
burst or personal injury due to anomalously high pressure in the refrigerant.
•Do not put the drainage pipe directly into drainage channels where poisonous gases such as sulphide gas can occur.
Poisonous gases will flow into the room through drainage pipe and seriously affect the user's health and safety. It can also
cause the corrosion of the indoor unit and resultant unit failure or refrigerant leak.
•Only use prescribed optional parts. The installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it can cause serious trouble such as water leaks, electric shocks, fire.
•Do not perform any change of protective device itself or its setup condition
The forced operation by short-circuiting protective device of pressure switch and temperature controller or the use of non
specified component can cause fire or burst.
•Be sure to switch off the power supply in the event of installation, inspection or servicing.
If the power supply is not shut off, there is a risk of electric shocks, unit failure or personal injury due to the unexpected start of
fan.
•Consult the dealer or an expert regarding removal of the kit.
Incorrect installation can cause water leaks, electric shocks or fire.
•Do not install the kit near the location where leakage of combustible gases can occur.
If leaked gases accumulate around the unit, it can cause fire.
•Do not install the kit where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas etc.) or combustible gas (such as thinner and petroleum
gases) can accumulate or collect, or where volatile combustible substances are handled.
Corrosive gas can cause corrosion of heat exchanger, breakage of plastic parts and etc. And combustible gas can cause fire.
•Secure a space for installation, inspection and maintenance specified in the manual.
Insufficient space can result in accident such as personal injury due to falling from the installation place.
•Do not install nor use the system close to the equipment that generates electromagnetic fields or high frequency harmonics
Equipment such as inverters, standby generators, medical high frequency equipments and telecommunication equipments can
affect the system, and cause malfunctions and breakdowns. The system can also affect medical equipment and
telecommunication equipment, and obstruct its function or cause jamming.
•Do not install the kit in the locations listed below
• Locations where carbon fiber, metal powder or any powder is floating.
• Locations where any substances that can affect the unit such as sulphide gas, chloride gas, acid and alkaline can occur.
• Vehicles and ships
• Locations where cosmetic or special sprays are often used.
• Locations with direct exposure of oil mist and steam such as kitchen and machine plant.
• Locations where any machines which generate high frequency harmonics are used.
• Locations with salty atmospheres such as coastlines
• Locations with heavy snow (If installed, be sure to provide base flame and snow hood mentioned in the manual)
• Locations where the unit is exposed to chimney smoke
• Locations at high altitude (more than 1000m high)
• Locations with ammonic atmospheres
• Locations where heat radiation from other heat source can affect the unit
• Locations without good air circulation.
It can cause remarkable decrease in performance, corrosion and damage of components, malfunction and fire.
•Do not use the kit for special purposes such as storing foods, cooling precision instruments and preservation of animals, plants or
art. It can cause the damage of the items.
•Do not touch any refrigerant pipes with your hands when the system is in operation.
During operation the refrigerant pipes become extremely hot or extremely cold depending the operating condition, and it can cause
burn injury or frost injury.
•Do not operate the kit with any article placed on it.
You may incur property damage or personal injure from a fall of the article.
•Do not step onto the kit.
You may incur injury from a drop or fall.
•Ensure that no air enters in the refrigerant circuit when the kit is installed and removed.
If air enters in the refrigerant circuit, the pressure in the refrigerant circuit becomes too high, which can cause burst and
personal injury.
•Do not run the kit with removed panels or protections
Touching rotating equipments, hot surfaces or high voltage parts can cause personal injury due to entrapment, burn or electric
shocks.
•Be sure to fix up the service panels.
Incorrect fixing can cause electric shocks or fire due to intrusion of dust or water.
•Do not perform any repairs or modifications by yourself. Consult the dealer if the unit requires repair.
If you repair or modify the unit, it can cause water leaks, electric shocks or fire.
1. BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION
2 Confirmation of accessory
Connecting hole (ø25.4) for
pipe at refrigerant gas side
160
Hole for 4- anchor bolt
(for M10 bolt)
Gasket
To outdoor unit
To indoor unit
215
Check sheet
62
Installation
manual
Connecting hole (ø25.4) for
pipe at refrigerant gas side
(To indoor unit)
1 Install the service valve kit when carrying out the washing operation utilizing existing pipes.
For the outdoor units which can use this kit, refer to the technical data – Installation manual of outdoor unit.
Service space (Necessary
for washing operation)
Secure also an overhead
space sufficient for working
in a standing position.
476
506
500
2 pcs.
27
(To outdoor unit)
1350
-
AMP Air Conditioning
53 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
PCB012D021A
2. INSTALLATION OF SERVICE VALVE KIT
Selection of installation place
Panel
Open the cover when
operating the service
valves A, B and C at
the inside.
Where the service spaces shown in the figure at right are available.
٤Use new pipes to connect between the service valve kit and the outdoor unit. It is prohibited to
use existing pipes.
Restrict the actual pipe length no longer than 3 m.
63
300
٤
Request
B
20
(1) Fix the kit securely using the fixing holes (for M10 bolt) at four places shown in the figure at right.
(2) The service valve kit cannot be installed upside-down.
Install the main unit at level such that the labels attached to the pipes are positioned upward.
150
430
150
Level
Level
3. REFRIGERANT PIPING
On the gas pipes of the service valve kit, the marking “To outdoor unit” is indicated on the gas
pipe at outdoor unit side and the marking “To indoor unit” gas pipe is indicated on the gas pipe
at indoor unit side. Be sure not to misconnect the gas pipes.
٤It is not necessary to connect to the liquid pipe.
٤Before connecting the pipes, make sure to open the panel and close the service valves A and C
while open the service valve B.
٤Make sure to substitute with nitrogen gas when doing brazing.
٤When a pipe has been connected by means of brazing, make sure to heat insulate the pipe.
٤
* Tighten the service valve
to the following torques.
Service valve cap
Check joint cap
Service valve C
30 N·m
11~13 N·m
Service valve A
To outdoor unit
To indoor unit
Service valve B
Pipe connection
When the size of connecting pipe is not same as the pipe diameter (ø25.4) of the service valve
kit, use a joint of which size is different at both ends. (Work at site)
٤Install the service valve kit at the same level as or lower than the outdoor unit.
٤Connect the service valve kit and the outdoor unit with actual pipe length no longer than 3 m.
٤Install it on the main pipe between the outdoor unit and the initial branch. (See following figure.)
٤Close the panel after connecting pipes. (During the washing operation, open the cover to control
the service valves.)
٤
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
Service valve kit
Less than
3m
Initial branch
Indoor unit
-
AMP Air Conditioning
54 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
* Use this Check Sheet when washing pipes using the re-fresh kit.
* Original Sheet: Carefully handle the original Check Sheet because
it is retained by the distributor.
6.8 Pipe washing check sheet
Customer :
J
Date of washing operation
Outdoor unit model/Serial No. :
/
Additional refrigerant charge amount/Total pipe length :
Check
Person in Checked
charge
by
PSB012D869G
kg /
m
Person who washed : (Affiliation)
(Name)
Checked by :
(Name)
(Affiliation)
Description of operation
Caution, etc.
① Delivery and installation of indoor and outdoor units
Turn on the circuit breakers on the indoor and outdoor units.
Remove the front panels from the outdoor unit, service valve kit and re-fresh kit.
Confirm that there is no anomaly in the number of indoor units to be connected, their address numbers and appearance.
Check the outdoor air temperature and the indoor air temperature.
② Connection of the re-fresh kit
Confirmation of oil draining
Oil drain port is opened upward. Connect the flared fitting and lead the pipe to the drain oil container. (Work at site)
Open the service valve at the oil drain hole on the re-fresh kit.
Supply pressurized nitrogen from the check joint of re-fresh kit to drain oil.
[Open] the [Service valve at the oil drain hole on the re-fresh kit].
Connection of the flexible tube
Remove the plate and the gasket from the flange on the service valve kit.
Remove the plate and the gasket from the re-fresh kit.
Remove the vinyl from the flexible tube.
Using the attached bolts and gasket (supplied items), connect the flexible tube to the flange of service valve kit.
Using the attached bolts and gasket (supplied items), connect the flexible tube to the flange of re-fresh kit.
Connection of bypass gas pipe (Flared: ø9.52)
Connect the bypass gas pipe to the bypass gas service valve of outdoor unit. (Flared connection)
• Confirm that pipes connected to the indoor and outdoor units have been vacuumized.
• Turn on the switch of crankcase heater.
• Use 7 SEG display, Mente PC, etc.
• Use the code No. C02 of 7 SEG to display the outdoor air temperature.
• Record the temperature on the “Outdoor air temperature” in the following table.
• It will not be washed properly if it is out of the range of use. (Indoor: 10 – 35°C, outdoor: 5 – 35°C.)
• Size of oil drain hole is ø15.88.
• The plate must be attached to the flange of re-fresh kit.
• Raise the pressure gradually. Confirm that oil has been drained, before going to next step.
• Bolt tightening torque is 25 – 30 (N·m).
• Width across flat on the bolt is 17 mm.
• Retain the plate with care to protect from dust, till the end of washing.
• Retain the vinyl and rubber ring with care to protect from dust, till the end of washing.
• Always use new gasket (Parts No.: PCA005A061).
• Coat the gasket with refrigerating machine oil before installation. (For ease of attachment)
• Flare the end of bypass gas pipe at site.
• Tightening torque is 38±4 (N·m).
• Retain the removed flare nut and flare cap with care to protect from dust, till the end of washing.
• Different flange hole pitches are used on both ends to prevent misconnection.
• Tightening torque is 38±4 (N·m).
Connect the bypass gas pipe to the bypass gas service valve of re-fresh kit. (Flared connection)
Connect the gauge manifolds or pressure gauges (work at site) at two places of the left (Inlet side) and right (Outlet side) check joints on the re-fresh kit.
③ Air tightness test (Airtight test of the re-fresh kit, flexible tube and bypass gas pipe)
[Open] the [Bypass gas service valve of re-fresh kit].
Check the air-tightness at the [Check joint of service valve A] on the service valve kit. (2.21 MPa)
• Pressurize gradually.
④ Air purge
Release the pressure in the re-fresh kit through the [Check joint of service valve C] on the service valve kit to atmosphere.
Vacuumize through the [Check joint of service valve C] on the service valve kit to atmosphere.
Open the [Service valve A] on the service valve kit to confirm that the inside of the pipe connected at site is vacuumized.
⑤ Additional charge of refrigerant
Charge the refrigerant for the pipe through the [Check joint of liquid service valve].
• Make the additional charge from the liquid side. Follow the step ⑥ if it cannot be charged fully.
(Never charge from the gas side.)
• Record the charge amount. (“Additional charge amount ①” in the following table)
⑥ Pipe washing operation
• Turn off the SW3-6 to stop the operation in the event of an emergency.
[Open] the [Service valve C] on the service valve kit and the [Bypass gas service valve] on the outdoor unit.
[Close] the [Service valve B] on the service valve kit.
[Open] only the [Liquid service valve]. (Keep closing the gas service valve B on the service valve kit.)
Make sure to insert the [CNS1] (External operation input) connector.
• It cannot be washed properly if the connector CNS1 is disconnected.
• Outdoor fan is turned on, and 7 SEG shows the remaining time (approximate value).
• Compressor starts to run 2 minutes later, and the washing operation starts.
• Indoor unit start the cooling operation if the remaining time is reduced to about 75 minutes.
Turn [ON] the [SW3-6]. (Pipe washing operation starts.)
• Avoid touching the bypass gas pipe because it could become very hot.
• Since it is now controlled with the central control (the center mode) from the outdoor unit, controls from individual indoor units
are disabled.
Charge additionally the portion of refrigerant, which could not be charged at the step ⑤, through the [Check joint of
• Charge in the liquid phase, and record the charge amount. (“Additional charge amount ②” in the following table)
service valve C] on the service valve kit. Never use the check joints of service valves A and B for the additional charge.
Record the reading on the pressure gauge when the remaining time on 7 SEG is 60 – 65 minutes.
• Record the readings on the pressure gauges connected to the check joints. (“Pressure gauge (check joint L)” and “Pressure gauge (check joint R)” in the following table)
• It is completed at about 60 minutes. (It may take about 120 minutes at the maximum when the outdoor air temperature is low.)
• The gas pipe is in the state of pump down, at the end of washing.
•
When the display ② is shown, check to see if oil has been drained from the re-fresh kit, and repeat the washing operation.
Washing operation is completed if the followings are displayed on 7 SEG.
(Up to 2 times at the maximum)
Display ①: PCL End Display ②: PCL --[Steps] Close the service valves A and C and the bypass gas service valve at outdoor side. � Collect refrigerant through the check joint
of service valve C. � Confirmation of oil draining by the step ② above � Vacuumizing through the check joint of service valve
C � Open the service valves A and C and the bypass gas service valve. � Turn off SW3-6 once and then back on again.
[Close] the [Service valves A, C] on the service valve kit and the [Bypass gas service valve] on the outdoor unit.
[Open] the [Service valve B] on the service valve kit.
Turn [OFF] the [SW3-6].
• It can be input from individual indoor units.
⑦ Removal of the re-fresh kit
Removal of the flexible tube and the bypass gas pipe
• Collect a small amount of refrigerant remaining in the re-fresh kit. (Provide a refrigerant collecting device.)
[Collect refrigerant] in the re-fresh kit through the check joint on the service valve C of service valve kit.
• Make an additional charge to the system for the amount of collected refrigerant, and record the amount.
(“Additional charge amount ③” in the following table)
Open up the inside of re-fresh kit to atmosphere.
[Close] the [Bypass gas service valve of re-fresh kit].
Remove the flexible hose and the bypass gas pipe.
Install the flare nut and flare cap on the bypass gas service valve of outdoor unit.
• Tightening torque is 38±4 (N∙m).
Install the flare nut and flare cap on the bypass gas service valve of re-fresh kit.
• Use the new gasket (Parts No.: SSA932A004T), which is attached to the outdoor unit.
• Bolt tightening torque is 25 – 30 (N·m).
Install the plate and gasket on the flange of service valve kit.
Tighten the bolt homogeneously by tightening alternately at top and bottom for more than 2 times.
Finish up the tightening by retightening the bolt to the specified torque.
[Vacuumize] through the [Check joints of service valves A, C] on the service valve kit.
[Open] the [Service valves A, C] on the service valve kit. Check then the flange section of service valve kit for leakage,
using soap water or other.
Install the plate and gasket on the flange of re-fresh kit.
• Insert the used gasket, which has been removed for pipe washing, between the flange and the plate.
Install the vinyl, which has been removed at the step ②, on the flexible hose flange.
• Take care to protect the flange face and the inside of flexible tube from dust.
Remove the gauge manifolds from the check joints.
⑧ Oil draining from the re-fresh kit
• This is necessary whenever the washing operation has been completed.
Drain oil from the re-fresh kit by opening the service valve at the oil drain hole.
• Check this in the same way as the confirmation of oil draining of the step ②.
⑨ Replacement of the filter of filter dryer
Replace the filter when the differential pressure on the pressure gauge has exceeded 0.1 MPa.
• For the replacement method, refer to the instruction manual of the re-fresh kit.
⑩ Replenishment of refrigerating machine oil to the unit
• Replenish 450 mL of refrigerating machine oil (new MA32R oil) after completing the washing operation.
• For the replenishment method, refer to the instruction manual of the re-fresh kit.
Liquid service valve
(To indoor unit)
Service valve A
Bypass gas pipe
service valve
Check joint L (Inlet side)
connection
(Flared
)
to re-fresh kit
To outdoor unit
<Outdoor unit>
Service valve C
Service valve B
°C
Additional charge amount ①
kg
Additional charge amount ②
kg
Additional charge amount ③
kg
Check joint R (Outlet side)
Pressure gauge (check joint L)
MPa
Bypass gas service valve
Pressure gauge (check joint R)
MPa
Differential pressure (L-R)
MPa
Collected oil amount
g
Oil drain hole service valve
<Service valve kit>
<Inside of re-fresh kit>
-
AMP Air Conditioning
°C
Indoor air temperature
To indoor unit
Outdoor gas pipe
outdoor unit side pipe
( ofTo service
)
valve kit
Outdoor air temperature
55 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6.9 Instruction manual piping re-fresh kit
Applicable model:
FDCR
KXE6
PSA012B703A
C
<Environment conditions for operation of the unit>
• Ambient temperature: Indoor side 10 – 35˚C, outdoor side 5 – 35˚C
• Pipe length: Total of main and branch pipes 510 m or less
Existing pipe cannot be reused in the following cases. It is necessary to use new pipes.
• When existing pipes have been open to atmosphere (When existing units have been disconnected)
• When size and length of existing pipes run out the allowable range for new unit.
For allowable combinations of pipe size and length, refer to the technical data or catalog.
• When there is corrosion, damage or dent unable to repair
• When there is peering or deterioration unable to repair on the heat insulator of pipe
• When there are branch pipes, which are not used and cannot be removed
• When we consider that branch pipes do not fit to reuse and when they cannot be replaced with the pipes compatible with
R410A specified by us.
CAUTION
This pipe re-fresh kit is designed to use when existing units meet the following conditions.
When any other conditions apply, comply with the “Confirmation and caution items for reuse of existing pipes”
given in the technical data or catalog.
• When existing units are in trouble and do not operate
<Reusable branch pipe>
<Accessory>
Branch pipes are reusable if they are produced by us and correspond to the following models.
(~ is filled with numerals that stand for the capacity.)
FDC~HKXES
FDC~HKXE1
FDC~HKXE2
FDCJ~HKXE2
FDCP~HKXE2
FDCJ~HKXE2B
FDCP~HKXE2B
• Flexible tube (PCA324C004): 2 pcs.
• Flange fixing bolt (SSA911C056A): 8 pcs.
• Gasket (SSA932A004J) x 4 pcs.
FDCJ~HKXE2D
FDCP~HKXE2D
PCA324C004
<Necessary parts>
Re-fresh Multi (PCA006A061 set)
• Gasket (SSA932A004J) x 4 pcs.
SSA932A004J
SSA911C056A
SSA932A004J
In addition to the above set, provide at site also joints having different diameters at both ends, elbows and pipes as required.
Outdoor unit
$[RCUUICURKRGUGTXKEGXCNXG
$[RCUUICURKRG
UGTXKEGXCNXG
(NCTGFEQPPGEVKQP
VQTGHTGUJMKV
.KSWKFUGTXKEGXCNXG
6QKPFQQTWPKV
)CUMGV
55##,
7. Test-run
6. Removal of the kit
5. Additional charge of refrigerant/pipe
washing operation
4. Air tightness test/electric wiring/air purge
3. Pipe repair/installation of the kit
2. Installation of new unit
1. Removal of existing unit
<Procedure of use>
5GTXKEGXCNXGMKV
6Q㧌CPIGQHUGTXKEGXCNXG%
1. Removal of existing unit
Service valve kit
• Collect refrigerant using a refrigerant collecting device. For details, refer to the instruction manual of refrigerant
collecting device.
• When refrigerant has been collected, close the service valve and disconnect the flared connection of gas pipe and
brazed connection. Cure the end faces of removed pipe to protect from dust or moisture.
5GTXKEGXCNXGMKV
6Q㧌CPIGQHUGTXKEGXCNXG#
5GTXKEGXCNXG#
1WVFQQTICURKRG
6QQWVFQQTWPKV
2. Installation of new unit
6QKPFQQTWPKV
6QRKRGCVQWVFQQTWPKV
UKFGQHUGTXKEGXCNXGMKV
• Bring in a new unit. Regarding the installation and fixing methods, refer to the installation manual of new unit.
5GTXKEGXCNXG%
3. Pipe repair and installation of the kit
(Replacement of flare nut, rework of flare and installation of pipes to kit)
2) Connect the gauge manifolds or pressure gauges
(work at site) at two places of the left (Inlet side) and
right (Outlet side) check joints on the re-fresh kit.
1) Machining of pipes provided at site and connections of the service valve kit and the pipe re-fresh kit
i ) Connect the pipes according to the installation manual of the unit.
ii ) Connect the service valve kit to the pipe re-fresh kit. Use the flexible tube for the suction gas pipe and a pipe
with flare nut (provided at site) for the bypass gas pipe.
Gauge manifold
Lo
Hi
Lo valve
Hi valve
CLOSED
CLOSED
CAUTION
• Install the kit at the same level as or lower than the outdoor unit. If the kit is installed higher than the outdoor unit,
the refrigerating machine oil salvaged by washing may not be collected in the container of kit.
• Connect the gas pipe to the pipe re-fresh kit as illustrated.
• Flexible tube should not be bent larger than R200. The tube may be broken if it is bet excessively.
• Rework the flared connection such that it will fit to R410A.
1 When the pipe size is same as the standard pipe size of new unit, use the flare nut attached to the unit. (Do
not use the flare nut attached to existing unit.)
2 When the pipe size is different from the standard pipe size of new unit, use a flare nut compatible with R410A.
(Do not use the flare nut attached to existing unit.)
• Braze the gas pipe according to the installation manual. Sufficient care must be taken not to overheat the service
valve of flange pipe. Overheat by brazing may damage the seal on the service valve, resulting in gas leakage.
%JGEMLQKPV.
+PNGVUKFG
%JGEMLQKPV4
1WVNGVUKFG
4. Air tightness test, electrical wiring and air purge
CAUTION
• Always use a gasket when connecting a pipe with flange. When it is difficult to attaché a gasket, tighten at the
specified position after coating refrigerating machine oil.
• Tighten bolts to a torque of 25 – 30 N-m. If it is tightened beyond the specified range, it could cause gas leakage.
• Tighten the flare nut of bypass gas pipe to 38±4 N-m.
<Common>
• When facing the front of the pipe re-fresh unit, the entrance is positioned at left and the exit is positioned at right.
Take care of this difference when connecting the kit. If it is connected in reverse, it cannot wash.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
5GTXKEGXCNXG$
1) Air tightness test
Check the air-tightness according to the procedure described in the installation manual of outdoor unit.
After checking the air-tightness on existing pipes and the indoor unit, test for the air-tightness of bypass pipe
(2.21 MPa) through the check joint of service valve A. Open the bypass gas service valve at the re-fresh kit side
during the test.
CAUTION
• When pressurizing the inside of pipe re-fresh kit, take care to restrict the pressure no higher than 3.24 MPa.
56 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
7BDVVNJ[JOH
$"65*0/
$"65*0/
t 6TF B HBTLFU XIFO JOTUBMMJOH UIF nBOHF QMBUF
t #PMU UJHIUFOJOH UPSRVF JT o /N *G UJHIUFOFE CFZPOE UIJT SBOHF JU DPVME DBVTF HBT MFBLBHF
t #F TVSF UP UVSO PO UIF QPXFS TVQQMZ UP UIF PVUEPPS VOJU CFGPSF TUBSUJOH BJS QVSHF 1JQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO
DBOOPU TUBSU UJMM JU FMBQTFT BCPVU IPVST BGUFS UVSOJOH PO UIF PVUEPPS VOJU
t"GUFS SFMFBTJOH UIF BSJHIU QSFTTVSF UP BUNPTQIFSF UISPVHI UIF DIFDL KPJOUT PG TFSWJDF WBMWFT # BOE $ WBDVVNJ[F
UISPVHI UIF DIFDL KPJOUT PG TFSWJDF WBMWF $ BOE MJRVJE TFSWJDF WBMWF ,FFQ PQFO UIF TFSWJDF WBMWF" EVSJOH UIF
WBDVVNJ[JOH
4FSWJDFWBMWFLJU
4UPSJOH PG UIF LJU
1 %JTDPOOFDU UIF nBOHF DPOOFDUJPO BU UIF LJU TJEF
2 $MPTF UIF TFSWJDF WBMWF PG UIF CZQBTT HBT QJQF BOE EJTDPOOFDU
UIF nBSFE DPOOFDUJPO"GUFS EJTDPOOFDUJOH UIF nBSFE DPOOFDUJPO
NBLF TVSF UP JOTFSU UIF nBSF DBQ BOE UJHIUFO UIF nBSF OVU
3 *OTUBMM UIF QMBUF PO UIF nBOHF 6TF B HBTLFU BOE UJHIUFO CPMUT
UP B UPSRVF PG o /N
4 3FNPWF UIF HBVHF NBOJGPMET GSPN UIF DIFDL KPJOUT
4FSWJDFWBMWF"
5PPVUEPPSVOJU
5PJOEPPSVOJU
4FSWJDFWBMWF$
4FSWJDFWBMWF#
5FTUSVO
J
.BLF TVSF UP DIFDL PS JNQMFNFOU UIF GPMMPXJOHT CFGPSF TUBSUJOH UFTUSVO
"EEJUJPOBMDIBSHFPGSFGSJHFSBOUBOEQJQFXBTIJOHPQFSBUJPO
"EEJUJPOBM DIBSHF
$IBSHF BO BEEJUJPOBM BNPVOU PG SFGSJHFSBOU BDDPSEJOH UP UIF QJQF MFOHUI 'PS UIF DIBSHF BNPVOU SFGFS UP UIF
JOTUBMMBUJPO NBOVBM PG PVUEPPS VOJU
0QFO UIF TFSWJDF WBMWF $ BOE UIF CZQBTT HBT QJQF TFSWJDF WBMWF BU PVUEPPS VOJU TJEF BOE UIFO DIBSHF UIF
BEEJUJPOBM SFGSJHFSBOU UISPVHI UIF DIFDL KPJOU PG MJRVJE TFSWJDF WBMWF
$"65*0/
4UBSU UIF BEEJUJPOBM DIBSHF GSPN UIF MJRVJE QJQF
8IFO OFDFTTBSZ DIBSHF BNPVOU DPVME OPU CF BEEFE GVMMZ DPOUJOVF UP DIBSHF GSPN UIF HBT QJQF XIJMF DBSSZJOH PVU
UIF QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO
8IFO DIBSHJOH GSPN UIF HBT QJQF VTJOH UIF SFGSFTI NVMUJ DIBSHF UIF SFGSJHFSBOU UISPVHI UIF DIFDL KPJOU PG
TFSWJDF WBMWF $ %P OPU DIBSHF GSPN UIF TFSWJDF WBMWFT" BOE # UP QSFWFOU UIF MJRVJE BDDVNVMBUJPO
8IFO JNQMFNFOUJOH UIF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO UVSO PO UIF QPXFS TVQQMZ IPVST FBSMJFS
1 *T UIF QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO TXJUDI 48
UVSOFE PGG
2 4FSWJDF WBMWFT" BOE $ BSF DMPTFE XIJMF UIF TFSWJDF WBMWF # JT PQFOFE
3 *T UIF CZQBTT HBT QJQF TFSWJDF WBMWF DMPTFE
4 *T UIF nBSF OVU PG CZQBTT HBT QJQF UJHIUFOFE BGUFS JOTFSUJOH UIF nBSF DBQ
5 *T UIF QMBUF JOTUBMMFE PO UIF nBOHF *T HBTLFU JOTUBMMFE VOEFS UIF QMBUF
JJ
"GUFS BMM DIFDL QPJOUT BSF DPNQMFUFE WBDVVNJ[F UISPVHI UIF DIFDL KPJOUT PG TFSWJDF WBMWFT" BOE $
JJJ
5IFO PQFO UIF TFSWJDF WBMWFT" BOE $ $IFDL UIFO UIF nBOHF TFDUJPO GPS MFBLBHF VTJOH TPBQ XBUFS PS PUIFS
JW
"GUFS DPNQMFUJOH UIF QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO CZ NFBOT PG UIF SFGSFTI LJU SFQMFOJTI CZ B QVNQ N- PG OFX
."3 PJM UISPVHI UIF DIFDL KPJOU PG TFSWJDF WBMWF # PO UIF TFSWJDF WBMWF LJU
W
$BSSZ PVU UIF UFTUSVO BDDPSEJOH UP UIF QSPDFEVSFT EFTDSJCFE JO UIF JOTUBMMBUJPO NBOVBM PG PVUEPPS VOJU
5SBOTQPSUBUJPOPGUIFLJU
t8IFO DBSSZJOH UIF QJQF SFGSFTI LJU UJMU JU TVDI UIBU UIF IPMEFS BOE UIF DBTUFST BSF QPTJUJPOFE BU UIF CPUUPN *G JU JT
DBSSJFE XJUI UIF GSPOU PS TJEF JT QPTJUJPOFE BU UIF CPUUPN UIF LJU DPVME CF EBNBHFE
t8IFO DBSSZJOH UIF LJU CZ UXP QFSTPOT IPME JU XJUI UIF UJSF TJEF EPXO *G JU JT IFME XJUI UIF UJSF TJEF VQ JOTUFBE
SFGSJHFSBUJOH NBDIJOF PJM SFNBJOJOH JO UIF BDDVNVMBUPS NBZ TQJMM PVU
1JQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO
$"65*0/
t %P OPU FOUFS UIF QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO NPEF XJUIPVU DPOOFDUJOH UIF QJQF SFGSFTI LJU *U DPVME CSFBL EPXO UIF VOJU
t %P OPU TUBSU GSPN UIF SFNPUF DPOUSPMMFS XIJMF UIF QJQF SFGSFTI LJU JT DPOOFDUFE *U DPVME CSFBL EPXO UIF VOJU
t 0QFO VQ UIF GPMMPXJOH TFSWJDF WBMWFT
4&(JOEJDBUPS
48
t -JRVJE TFSWJDF WBMWF PG PVSEPPS VOJU
t #ZQBTT HBT TFSWJDF WBMWF PG PVUEPPS VOJU
t 4FSWJDF WBMWF $ PG TFSWJDF WBMWF LJU
t #ZQBTT HBT TFSWJDF WBMWF PG SFGSFTI LJU
5VSO PO UIF 48 UP FOUFS UIF QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO
NPEF *U JT DPOUSPMMFE DFOUSBMMZ GSPN UIF PVUEPPS VOJU
5VSO PGG UIF 48 BGUFS DPNQMFUJOH UIF QJQF XBTIJOH
PQFSBUJPO $FOUSBM DPOUSPM GSPN UIF PVUEPPS VOJU JT SFTFU
.BJOUFOBODF
1 %SBJOJOH PG DPMMFDUFE PJM
t %SBJO UIF SFGSJHFSBUJOH NBDIJOF PJM DPMMFDUFE JO UIF QJQF SFGSFTI LJU
BGUFS FBDI XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO 4JODF UIF BNPVOU PG SFNBJOJOH
SFGSJHFSBUJOH NBDIJOF PJM WBSJFT EFQFOEJOH PO TZTUFNT CFJOH XBTIFE
JG OFYU XBTIJOH JT DBSSJFE PVU XJUIPVU ESBJOJOH DPMMFDUFE SFGSJHFSBUJOH
NBDIJOF PJM PME PJM NBZ PWFSnPX BOE NJY JO OFX VOJU
t8IFO ESBJOJOH SFGSJHFSBUJOH NBDIJOF PJM QMBDF B DPOUBJOFS VOEFS UIF
PJM ESBJO IPMF 4FF mHVSF
t8IFO ESBJOJOH PJM TVQQMZ QSFTTVSJ[FE OJUSPHFO HSBEVBMMZ UISPVHI UIF
DIFDL KPJOU - UP ESBJO PJM GPSDJCMZ GSPN UIF PJM ESBJO IPMF PQFOJOH
VQXBSE
t %JTQPTF ESBJOFE SFGSJHFSBUJOH NBDIJOF PJM BDDPSEJOH UP BQQMJDBCMF MBXT
PS SFHVMBUJPOT
t 3FDPSE UIF SFBEJOH PO UIF QSFTTVSF HBVHF XIFO UIF
SFNBJOJOH UJNF PO 4&( JT o NJOVUFT
(SFFO-&%
3FE-&%
%JTQMBZT CZ 4&( BOE -&%T JO UIF QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO NPEF BSF BT TIPXO JO UIF GPMMPXJOH UBCMF
4&(
3FNBJOJOHUJNFUPFOE
(SFFO-&%
3FE-&%
2VJDLnBTIJOH
%BSL
"UFOEPGQJQFXBTIJOHNPEF
1$-&OE
1$-ooo
l
l
"UBCOPSNBMTUPQ
&SSPSDPEF
l
#ZFSSPSDPEF
/PSNBMNPEF
$POUJOVPVTnBTIJOH
‰
"UFNFSHFODZTUPQ
3FQMBDFNFOUPGTUSBJOFS
(BTLFU
J 3FNPWF UIF nBOHF CPMU BOE QBOFM CPBSE BOE UBLF PVU UIF mMUFS
FMFNFOU
JJ 3FNPWF UIF TQSJOH BOE UBLF PVU PME FMFNFOU
JJJ
$MFBO JOUFSOBM QBSUT
JW
*G HBTLFUT JOTUBMMFE BU UIF QBOFM CPBSE BOE VOEFS UIF NBJO VOJU
BSF EBNBHFE SFQMBDF UIFN 3FQMBDFNFOU HBTLFUT BSF QBDLFE
UPHFUIFS XJUI OFX FMFNFOU
W 4FU OFX FMFNFOU BOE JOTUBMM UIF TQSJOH
WJ
4FU UIF FMFNFOU PO UIF NBJO VOJU BOE JOTUBMM UIF QBOFM CPBSE
5JHIUFO CPMUT UP B UPSRVF PG o /N IPNPHFOFPVTMZ
WJJ
5FTU GPS BJSUJHIUOFTT UP DPOmSN UIBU UIFSF JT OP MFBLBHF
3FNBJOJOH UJNF UP UIF FOE PG QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO TIPXT BO BQQSPYJNBUF WBMVF BOE B MJUUMF MPOHFS UIBO BDUVBM UJNF
8IFO UIF UJNF CFDPNFT MFTT UIBO NJOVUFT TUBOECZ OFBS UIF PVUEPPS VOJU QSFQBSFE GPS XPSL BGUFS UIF FOE PG PQFSBUJPO
&NFSHFODZ TUPQ
1JQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO DBO CF TUPQQFE CZ PQFSBUJOH UIF EJQ TXJUDI
*U JT TUPQQFE JG UIF 48 JT UVSOFE PGG
'PS EJTQMBZT CZ 4&( BOE -&%T SFGFS UP UIF UBCMF TIPXO BCPWF
"GUFS BO FNFSHFODZ TUPQ UIF QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO DBO CF SFTUBSUFE CZ UVSOJOH PO UIF 48
3FNPWBMPGLJU
3FNPWBM PG UIF LJU
"GUFS DPOmSNJOH UIF FOE PG QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO XJUI 4&( BOE -&%T SFNPWF UIF QJQF SFGSFTI LJU
J 0QFO BOE DMPTF UIF HBT QJQF TFSWJDF WBMWFT POMZ 0QFSBUF UIJT JO UIF GPMMPXJOH PSEFS
*U JT OPU OFDFTTBSZ UP DMPTF UIF MJRVJE QJQF
0VUEPPSVOJU
1 $MPTF UIF TFSWJDF WBMWF $
#ZQBTTHBTQJQFTFSWJDFWBMWF
2 $MPTF UIF CZQBTT HBT QJQF TFSWJDF WBMWF BU PVUEPPS VOJU
'MBSFEDPOOFDUJPO
UPSFGSFTILJU
3 $MPTF UIF TFSWJDF WBMWF"
-JRVJETFSWJDFWBMWF
4 0QFO UIF TFSWJDF WBMWF #
5PJOEPPSVOJU
&SSPSDPEF
%FTDSJQUJPO
PSA012B703A△C.indd
"COPSNBMEJTDIBSHF )BT UIF BEEJUJPOBM DIBSHF CFFO EPOF
QSPQFSMZ
UFNQFSBUVSF
*T UIF PVUEPPS BJS UFNQFSBUVSF XJUIJO UIF
SBOHFPGVTF
&
5PJOEPPSVOJU
&
4FSWJDFWBMWF#
"COPSNBMMZIJHI
QSFTTVSF
)USJQT
"COPSNBMMZMPX
QSFTTVSF
3FNFEZ
0QFOUIFTFSWJDFWBMWF
$BSSZPVUUIFBEEJUJPOBMDIBSHF
*NQMFNFOUXJUIJOUIFSBOHFPGVTF
6OJUTFSWJDFWBMWFNBZCFDMPTFE
0QFOUIFTFSWJDFWBMWF
/PODPOEFOTFEHBTNBZCFNJYFE
$IFDLUIFCBMBODFQSFTTVSFBUUIFUJNFPGTUPQ*GUIF
TBUVSBUJPO QSFTTVSF UFNQFSBUVSF EJGGFST MBSHFMZ GSPN
UIFBNCJFOUUFNQFSBUVSFSFQFBUUIFDIBSHF
6OJUTFSWJDFWBMWFNBZCFDMPTFE
0QFOUIFTFSWJDFWBMWF
'PS PUIFS FSSPS EJTQMBZT SFGFS UP UIF JOTUBMMBUJPO NBOVBM PG PVUEPPS VOJU
0VUEPPSHBTQJQF
5PQJQFBUPVUEPPSVOJU
TJEFPGTFSWJDFWBMWFLJU
3
2011/06/17
-
AMP Air Conditioning
$IFDLJUFN
6OJUTFSWJDFWBMWFNBZCFDMPTFE
&
JJ $MPTF UIF CZQBTT HBT QJQF TFSWJDF WBMWF BU SFGSFTI LJU TJEF
JJJ
$PMMFDU B TNBMM BNPVOU PG SFGSJHFSBOU SFNBJOJOH JO UIF QJQF
SFGSFTI LJU VTJOH B SFGSJHFSBOU DPMMFDUJOH EFWJDF
JW
%JTDPOOFDU UIF nBSFE DPOOFDUJPO PG CZQBTT HBT QJQF
"GUFS EJTDPOOFDUJOH UIF nBSFE DPOOFDUJPO NBLF TVSF UP JOTFSU
BOE UJHIUFO UIF nBSF DBQ
W %JTDPOOFDU UIF nBOHF DPOOFDUJPO UP UIF QJQF SFGSFTI LJU
WJ
*OTUBMM UIF QMBUF PO UIF nBOHF
*OTUBMM UIF DBQT PO UIF TFSWJDF WBMWFT" UP $ BOE UIF DBQ PO UIF DIFDL KPJOU
(BTLFU
&SSPSEJBHOPTJT
4FSWJDFWBMWF"
4FSWJDFWBMWF$
&MFNFOU
t8IFO UIF QJQF XBTIJOH IBT CFFO TUPQQFE CZ UIF BCOPSNBM TUPQ DIFDL UIF DBVTF SFGFSSJOH UP UIF GPMMPXJOH UBCMF
4FSWJDFWBMWFLJU
5PPVUEPPSVOJU
0JMESBJOIPMF
2 3FQMBDFNFOU PG TUSBJOFS
t8IFO UIF EJGGFSFOUJBM QSFTTVSF CFUXFFO UIF UXP DIFDL KPJOUT EVSJOH
QJQF XBTIJOH PQFSBUJPO FYDFFET .1B SFQMBDF UIF TUSBJOFS
3FGSFTINVMUJ
*OQJQFXBTIJOHNPEF
$IFDLKPJOU-
57
10:25:09
-
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
7 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER
7.1 Operation control function by the outdoor controller
(A) Normal control
(1)
Operation of major functional components under each operation mode
Operation mode
Cooling/Dehumidifying
Fan
Stopped
Heating
Thermostat
ON
Thermostat
OFF
Thermostat
Thermostat
Defrost
ON
OFF
Fonctional item
Compressor (CM)
〇
×
×
〇
×
〇
Solenoid for CM (52X1, 52X2)
〇
〇
×/〇
〇
〇
〇
Outdoor unit fan mortor (FMo-1)
〇
×/〇
×/〇
〇/×
×/〇
〇→×
Outdoor unit fan mortor (FMo-2)
〇/×
×/〇
×/〇
〇/×
×/〇
〇→×
4 way solenoid valve (20S)
×
×
×
〇
〇
〇→×
Heating electronic expansion valve
Opening Angle
Fully closed /
Fully open Fully open
※1
※2
(EEVH)
Control
Fully open
Super cooling coil electronic expansion Opening Angle
Fully closed Fully closed Fully closed Fully closed Fully closed
valve (EEVSC)
Control
Solenoid valve (SV6) (oil return)
〇/×
×
×
〇/×
×
〇/×
Solenoid valve (SV1) (fluid return)
〇/×
〇/×
×
〇/×
〇/×
〇/×
Solenoid valve (SV11) (gas bypass)
×
×
×
〇/×
×
×
Solenoid valve (SV12) (gas bypass)
〇/×
×
×
×
×
×
Crankcase heater (CH1)
〇/×
〇/×
〇
〇/×
〇/×
〇/×
Note (1) It means 〇 : ON, × : OFF, 〇/× : -, ×/〇 : ON or OFF.
(2) This shows the state of output when all indoor units are under the same mode.
(3) ※1 : When stopped from cooling, it is fully open
When stopped from heating, it is fully closed unless another degree of opening is specified by the electronic expansion valve (EEV) control at the
stop.
※2 : When stopped from heating, it is fully closed unless another degree of opening is specified by the electronic expansion valve (EEV) control at the
stop.
ESP-FP-1736 R
-
AMP Air Conditioning
58 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(2) Compressor pre-start control
(a) Remote controller full stop → Operation
(i) Start conditions
• When it has changed to the compressor operation frequency command > 0 Hz from the state of compressor stopping.
(ii) Control contents
• It sets the compressor operation frequency command = 0 Hz, and then after this control ends, It starts the
compressor.
(iii) End conditions
When all of following conditions are satisf ied
① It has elapsed 15 seconds after the start of this control.
Operation
Stop
ON
OFF
52X1, 52X2
CM
15 seconds
Orps
6 seconds
Opening at stop
Normal control
Initial opening
EEVH
2 minutes
EEVSC
Initial opening
O pulse
Normal control
3 minutes
ON
SV6
OFF
Time
Start condition established
• Meaning of marks
52X1, 52X2
EEVH
SV6
Solenoid for compressor
CM
Heating electronic expansion valve
Subcooling coil electronic expansion valve
Solenoid valve [Oil return]
-
AMP Air Conditioning
EEVSC
Compressor
59 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(b) Cooling → Heating
(i) Start conditions
• When the outdoor unit operation mode is changed from the cooling operation to heating operation
(ii) Control contents
1)
When the compressor is operating, it makes the compressor stopped.
2)
Each functional component operates according to the sequence shown below.
(iii) End conditions
• End of sequence
Heating
Cooling
3 minutes
Any state
15 seconds
CM
Initial speed
Any state
FMo1, FMo2
OFF
ON
20S
OFF
Fully open
Initial opening
EEVH
Normal control
Fully closed
Any state
EEVSC
Fully closed
Time
Start conditions established
• Meaning of marks
CM
FMo1, FMo2
20S
Compressor
EEVH
Heating electronic expansion valve
Fan motor
EEVSC
Subcooling coil electronic expansion valve
4-way solenoid valve
-
AMP Air Conditioning
60 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(c) Heating → Cooling
(i) Start conditions
• When the outdoor unit operation mode is changed from the heating operation to cooling operation
(ii) Control contents
1)
When the compressor is operating, it makes the compressor stopped.
2)
Each functional component operates according to the sequence shown below.
(iii) End conditions
• End of sequence
Heating
Cooling
3 minutes
Any state
15 seconds
CM
Initial speed
Any state
FMo1, FMo2
OFF
ON
20S
OFF
Fully open
Any state
EEVH
Fully closed（※）
Initial opening
EEVSC
Normal control
Fully closed
Time
Start conditions established
Note (1) ※ : It is fully closed till the end of 3-minute delay after the automatic reset.
• Meaning of marks
CM
Compressor
EEVH
Heating electronic expansion valve
FMo1, FMo2
Fan motor
EEVSC
Subcooling coil electronic expansion valve
―
―――
20S
4-way solenoid valve
-
AMP Air Conditioning
61 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(3) Compressor control
(a) 4-way valve switching safeguard
In order to switch 4-way valve completely, it makes the compressor speed increasing as follows.
(i) This control starts to increase the compressor speed from 10Hz after the compressor pre-start control ends.
(ii) The target compressor speed is shown in following table.
Item
Model
4-way valve switching safeguard/Target compressor speed
Frequency (Fk)
Speed (rps)
224
280
70
50
(b) Compressor protection start
After the 4-way valve switching safeguard, the compressor is controlled with the following compressor protection start.
Compressor protection start, normal
Compressor protection start A
Compressor protection start B
Thermostat ON start
Compressor ON
Initial
Compressor ON
Second & later
Initial start remote
controller ON
error reset
Operation mode
is changed during
thermostat OFF
Operation mode is
not changed during
thermostat OFF
Less than 45 min
after power ON
Compressor
protection start B
Compressor
protection start B
Compressor
protection start B
45min. or more
after power ON
Compressor
protection start A
Compressor
protection start A
Compressor
protection start A
Less than 45 min
after stop
Compressor normal
protection start
Compressor normal
protection start
Compressor normal
protection start
Compressor
protection start A
Compressor
protection start A
Compressor
protection start A
45min. or more
after stop
(i) Compressor protection start, normal
< Control contents >
Compressor maintains operation at lower limit frequency, after 4-way valve switching safeguard ends.
(During this control, compressor speed is prohibited to increase.)
After this control ends, comperssor speed is governed by the compressor speed control.
< End conditions >
When either one of the following conditions is established
a) When it has elapsed 1 minute and 45 seconds after the start
Compressor
inverter frequency (Hz)
Speed control
60
40
Lower limit frequency
20
10
Start
10
20 25 30
40
50
60
70
80
90
105
120
Time (second)
(ii) Compressor protection start A
< Control contents >
Compressor maintains operation at lower limit frequency, after 4-way valve switching safeguard ends.
If the time from starting till reaching the lower limit frequency after 4-way valve switching safeguard operation
has elapsed 1minute, the target frequency is changed to that of 1minute later from the lower limit frequency.
During this control, the target frequency is increased at a rate of 5Hz/minute from the lower limit frequency.
(Note) The starting point of this control is the completion point of inverter start (10Hz).
-
AMP Air Conditioning
62 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
< End conditions >
When either one of following conditions is established
a) When the frequency upper limit increase by this control continued for 15 minutes in total
When the inverter has stopped within 15 minutes after the start and is started again, it starts with the normal
protection start and increases the frequency upper limit at a rate of 5 Hz/minute till the frequency increase
continues for 15 minutes in total.
Speed control
120
100
Upper limit frequency
Compressor
inverter frequency (Hz)
80
60
40
Lower limit frequency
20
0
Start
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Time (minute)
(iii) Compressor protection start B
< Control contents >
Compressor maintains operation at lower limit frequency, after 4-way valve switching safeguard ends.
If the time from starting till reaching the lower limit frequency after 4-way valve switching safeguard operation
has elapsed 2 minutes, the target frequency is changed to that of 2 minutes later from the lower limit frequency.
For 18 minutes after starting, the target frequency is increased at a rate of 5Hz/2 minutes from the lower limit
frequency.
For 18 minutes after starting, the starting point of this control is the completion point of inverter start (10 Hz).
From 18 minutes to 24 minutes, it is increased at a rate of 5 Hz/minute.
< End conditions >
When either one of the following conditions is established
(a) This frequency-up control will end when the cumulative operation time after starting becomes 24 minutes.
If the inverter stopped within 24 minutes after starting and starts again, it starts with
“Compressor protection
start, normal”and increases the frequency at a rate of 5Hz/minute till the cumulative operation time after
starting becomes 24 minutes.
However, if 45 minutes have been elapsed since inverter stopped and starts again, it starts with“Compressor
protection start A”.
Speed control
120
100
Compressor
inverter frequency (Hz)
80
Upper limit frequency
60
40
Lower limit frequency
20
0
Start
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
18
20
22
24
Time (minute)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
16
63 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(4) Outdoor fan control
(a) Outdoor fan speed and fan motor rotation speed.
The 7th outdoor fan speed in the following table is specified as the rated speed. Under the normal control, the speeds up
to 8th level (800 min−1) are used.
Outdoor fan tap
Cooling
FMo1 [min−1]
Heating
FMo2 [min−1]
FMo1 [min−1]
FMo2 [min−1]
0th speed
0
0
0
0
1st speed
200
0
200
0
2nd speed
200
200
200
200
3rd speed
300
300
300
300
4th speed
400
400
400
400
5th speed
500
500
500
500
6th speed
575
575
575
575
7th speed
700
700
700
700
8th speed
800
800
800 (780)
800 (780)
Note (1) Figures in the parentheses in the above table are applicable to FDCR224KXE6.
(b) Fan control during cooling
During cooling and dehumidifying, fan speed is controlled in accordance with the high pressure (sensed by PSH) and the
outdoor air temperature (sensed by Tho-A).
(i) Initial fan speeds are as follows.
Initial ourdoor fan speed at cooling
Model
Outdoor air temp ≤ 10ºC
10ºC < Outdoor air Temp. < 15ºC
15ºC ≤ Outdoor air Temp.
All models
2nd speed
4th speed
6th speed
(ii) During normal operation, the speed is changed in accordance with the high pressure value.
Œ When it has detected HP ≧ 2.2 MPa for 1 minute continuously, the fan speed is raised by one tap.
 When it is 1.5 MPa < HP < 2.2 MPa, the present fan speed is maintained.
Ž When it has detected HP ≦ 1.5 MPa for 1 minute continuously, the fan speed is dropped by one tap.
 Control range of fan speed is 1th – 8th speeds.
One tap up
Maintained
One tap down
1.5
2.2
High pressure (MPa)
(iii) When states under this control change from HP < 3.3 MPa to HP ≧ 3.3 MPa, the fan speed is changed preferentially
to the followings. (After the change it returns to the normal control.)
Œ When the outdoor air temperature ≧ 30ºC, it changes to 7th or higher speed.
 When the outdoor air temperature < 30ºC, it changes to 3rd or higher speed.
Ž When the fan speed was higher than the above before the change of states, the fan speed is not changed.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
64 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(c) Outdoor fan cooling control at low outdoor air temperature.
(i) Start conditions
This control is performed when all of following conditions is established.
ΠWhen the ordinary outdoor fan control is performed
 Outdoor air temperature ≦ 10ºC (It is reset with the hysteresis of the outdoor air temperature > 15ºC.)
Va lid
Invalid
10
15
Outdoor air temperature
Ž Outdoor fan speed = 1st speed (200 min−1)
(ii) Control contents
Œ Initial fan speed is 200 min−1
 If the following high pressure is detected for 20 seconds continuously, fan speed will be changed
+10 min−1
Maintained
−10 min−1
1.7
1.4
High pressure (MPa)
Ž Outdoor fan speed is in a range of 130 min−1 – 300 min−1.
(iii) End conditions
When either one of following conditions is established
ΠWhen the ordinary outdoor unit fan cooling control ends
 Outdoor air temperature > 15ºC
Ž Outdoor fan speed ≧ 2nd speed
(Note) This control range is not more than 300 min−1 × 1fan.
(d) Outdoor fan heating control
The fan speed control is performed based on the low pressure (detected with PSL) during heating operation.
(i) Initial fan speed is 6th speed.
(ii) Speed is changed depending on the low pressure value.
Œ When it is detected LP ≦ 0.75 MPa for 30 seconds continuously, the fan speed is raised by 1 tap.
 When it is 0.75 MPa < LP < 0.85 MPa, the present fan speed is maintained.
Ž When it is detected LP ≧ 0.85 MPa for 30 seconds continuously, the fan speed is dropped by 1 tap.
 Control range of fan speed is 1st – 8th speeds.
One tap up
Maintained
One tap down
0.75
0.85
Low pressure (MPa)
(iii) When states change from LP < 1.0 MPa to ≧ HP 1.0 MPa during this control, the fan speed is changed
preferentially to the following. (It returns to the normal control after the change.)
ΠIt changes to 4th or lower speed.
 If the fan speed was lower than the above speed before the change of states, the fan speed does not change.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
65 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(5) Defrost control
(a) Temperature condition of defrosting
1) Start conditions (Standard specification or cold region specification can be selected by switching the jumper
wire J15.)
Defrost operation will start, when outdoor unit whose compressor is operating under heating mode has satisfied all
the following conditions.
(i) When 33 minutes of cumulative compressor operation time has passed since heating operation started.
(ii) When 33 minutes of cumulative compressor operation time has passed since the previous defrosting ended.
(iii) When 8 minutes has passed since the compressor turned ON from OFF status.
(iv) When 8minutes has passed since one outdoor fan turned ON from OFF status.
(v) After all above conditions have been met, when any of the following conditions is satisfied.
Œ When the outdoor heat exchanger temperature (sensed by Tho-R) and the outdoor air temperature (sensed
by Tho-A) dropped below the defrosting start temperature in Fig. 1 for 30 seconds continuously
 When the suction pressure saturated temperature calculated by the low pressure (sensed by PSL) and the
outdoor air temperature (sensed by Tho-A) dropped below the defrosting start temperature in Fig. 2 for 3
minutes continuously
TR: Heat exchanger temperature. (°C)
Fig. 1
-2
Without J15
Cold region specification
-6
With J15
Cold region
-15
Standard
(Factory setting)
-19
-21
Defrost start zone
-25
SST: Suction pressure saturated temperature. (°C)
-20
-15
6
TA: Outdoor air temperature. (°C)
Fig. 2
Without J15
Cold region specification
-6
With J15
-10
Cold region
-19
-23
Standard
(Factory setting)
-25
Defrost start zone
-29
-20
-15
6
TA: Outdoor air temperature. (°C)
2) End conditions
-
AMP Air Conditioning
66 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(b) Time condition of defrosting
1) Start conditions
Defrosting operation start when all of the following conditions are satisfied.
(i) When 33 minutes of cumulative compressor operation time has passed since heating operation started.
(ii) When 33 minutes of cumulative compressor operation time has passed since the previous defrosting ended.
(iii) When 105 seconds has passed since the compressor turned ON from OFF status in heating mode.
(iv) When the oil return condition has been established
(v) Following cases are excluded.
ΠWhen the upper limit frequency of the compressor protection start A or B is lower than the defrosting
frequency
 During the normal compressor protection start
2) End conditions
Defrosting operation stops when any of the following conditions is satisfied.
(i) When 12 minutes has passed since defrost started
(ii) When the outdoor heat exchanger temperature (sensed by Tho-R) is detected 10°C or higher continuously for
10 seconds
(iii) When it has detected the high pressure (HP) ≥3.0MPa
(6) Protective control
(a) Discharge pipe temperature (Td) control
Discharge pipe temperature sensor (Tho-D1) monitors the discharge pipe temperature (Td) to avoid the rise of discharge
pipe temperature.
1) Compressor capacity control
(i) Start conditions
When all of following conditions are satisfied
ΠWhen the compressor is ON state.
 When it detects the discharge pipe temperature (sensed by Tho-D1) is higher than 120ºC
(ii) Control contents
Whenever it detects the discharge pipe temperature is higher than 120ºC for 5 seconds, the capacity is decreased.
(iii) End conditions
When any of the following conditions is satisfied
Œ When the discharge pipe temperature (sensed by Tho-D1) drops below 110ºC
 When the compressor is OFF state.
Ž During the defrosting control
2) Indoor EEV slightly open control at heating stop.
Rise of discharge pipe temperature (Td) is restarined by opening the indoor EEV during heating stop.
(b) Over-current protection control (Current safe)
1) If the input current value at the inverter inlet (converter inlet L3-phase) exceeds the setting value, the compressor
speed is reduced. If the higher value persists even after the speed reduction, the speed is reduced further.
2) This control terminates when it is lower than the reset value for 3 minutes continuously or lower than the setting
value for 6 minutes continuously.
(c) Power transistor temperature (PT) protective control
If the power transistor temperature exceeds 75°C, the compressor speed is controlled.
Speed is reduced once each minute
Retention
Release
72
75
Power transistor temp.(°C)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
67 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(7) Test run
(a) Start conditions
(i) Turn ON the test run switch (SW5-1). The switch is invalid if it is turned ON before the power ON.
(ii) Pump down switch (SW5-3) must be turned OFF.
(b) Contents of control
(i) Turning ON the dip switch (SW5-2) conducts cooling operation and turning OFF (SW5-2) conducts heating
operation.
1) Cooling operation
Compressor operation frequency control is conducted by the cooling low pressure control.
2) Heating operation
Compressor operation frequency control is conducted by the heating high pressure control.
(ii) Test run start signal under corresponding operation mode is transmitted to all indoor units connected.
(c) End conditions
(i) When the test run switch (SW5-1) is turned OFF, it stops.
(ii) When it has stopped anomalously by the error control during test run, the error is displayed in the same way as the
case of normal operation and the state of anomalous stop is kept ON even if the test run switch (SW5-1) is turned
OFF.
(B) Optional controls
• Functions of outdoor PCB connector CNS1 and CNZ1
ΠCNS1, CnS2, CnG1, CnG2 connector : By changing the allocation of external input functions [P07-10- X ] on the
7-segment, following functions can be selected.
Function No. X
“0” : External operation input
CNS1 short circuited
CNS1 open
Operation permission
Operation prohibition
“1” : Demand input
Invalid
Valid
“2” : Forced cooling/heating input
Heating
Cooling
Valid
Invalid
“3” : Silent mode input 1
“4” : Spare
“5” : Outdoor fan snow guard control input
Valid
Invalid
“6” : Test run external input 1 (SW5‒1)
Test run start
Normail operation
“7” : Test run external input 2 (SW5‒2)
Cooling test run
Heating test run
“8” : Silent mode input 2
Valid
Invalid
“9” : 2‒step demand input
Invalid
Valid
 CNZ1 connector: By changing the allocation of external output functions [P06-“X”] on the 7-segment, following
functions can be selected.
“0” : Operation output
“1” : Error output
“2” : Compressor ON output
“3” : Fan ON output
“4” : Oil return operation output
“5” : High pressure control output to water spray unit, etc.
“6∼9” : Spare
P○○ on the 7-segment
P06
P07
P08
P09
P10
Content of control
Allocation of external output (CnZ1)
Allocation of external input (CnS1)
Allocation of external input (CnS2)
Allocation of external input (CnG1)
Allocation of external input (CnG2)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
68 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(1)
External input and demand input
(a) Operation permission and prohibition modes
(Note) With 7-segment display [P07]-[0]
1)
2)
Operation permission or operation prohibition mode is switched with the connector (CnS1) and the jumper wire (J13)
on the outdoor PCB.
J13: Switching of CnS1 input method
J13 short-circuited: CNS1 is for the level input.
J13 open: CnS1 is for the pulse input.
Operation permission/prohibition control by the external input CnS1 of outdoor unit
Input: CnS1
Switching with J13
Short-circuit
Short-circuit (Level input)
Short-circuit
Operation prohibition mode
 Operation permission mode
Switching of operation permission/
operation prohibition modes (Reversal)
Open (Pulse input)
Open
CnS1: Switching of operation permission/
prohibition modes
Short-circuit (Level input)
Operation permission mode
 Operation prohibition mode
Open (Pulse input)
Open
(NOP)
Note (1) Factory setting – J13: Short-circuit, CnS1: Short-circuit (Short-circuit pin connected)
3)
4)
5)
The operation condition is desplayed on the LCD of remote controller and is transferred to optional centralised
controller.
When the control comand from remote controller is not accepted (Under the condition of the system all stop status
by external input), “Center” is dispalyed. See Item 5) mentioned below.
CnS1 performs the following operations depending on the short-circuit or open of the jumper wire (J13). In case of
pulse input, the pulse width is 500ms or larger.
ΠJ13 РShort-circuit
Air-conditioner ON OK
CnS1 input OFF (Open)
ON (Short-circuit)
PUSH
PUSH
OFF (Open)
PUSH
PUSH
Remote controller operation
Remote controller display
Air-conditioner operation/stop

Remote
Center
OFF
Center
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
J13 - Open
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
CnS1 input
Air-conditioner ON OK
PUSH
Remote controller operation
Center
PUSH
PUSH
Remote
Center
PUSH PUSH
Remote
Center
Remote controller display
Air-conditioner operation/stop
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
(b) Demand control
(Note) With 7-segment [P07] = [1]
1)
Demand control and normal operation are switched with the dip switches (SW4‒5,4‒6) and the jumper wire (J13)
on the outdoor PCB.
J13 short-circuit: CnS1 is for the level input
J13 open: CnS1 is for the pulse input
-
AMP Air Conditioning
69 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
2)
Operation/ stop control by the demand input CnS2 of outdoor unit
Input: CnS2
CnS2: Switching of demand control/
normal operation
Switching with J13
Short-circuit
Demand control
 Normal operation
Short-circuit (Level input)
Switching of normal operation/
demand control (Reversal)
Open (Pulse input)
Open
Short-circuit
Normal operation
 Demand control
Short-circuit (Level input)
Open (Pulse input)
Open
NOP
Note (1) Factory setting – J13: Short-circuit, CnS2: Short-circuit (Short-circuit pin connected)
3)
The operation condition is desplayed on the LCD of remote controller and is transferred to optional centralised
controller.
4)
Demand control
Demand ratio can be switched with the dip switches (SW4-5, 4-6) on the outdoor PCB.
SW4-5, SW4-6 demand switching: 0 : Open, 1 : Short-circuit (Factory default is open)
SW4-5
SW4-6
Compressor
Out put(%)
0
0
80
1
0
60
0
1
40
1
1
0
5) CnS2 performs the following operations depending on the short circuited or open of the jumper wire (J13).
In the case of pulse input, the pulse width is 500ms or larger.
ΠJ13 РShort-circuit
ON (Short-circuit)
CnS2 input
OFF (Open)
Normal
ON (Short-circuit)
Normal
Demand control
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
Remote controller operation
Remote
Remote controller display
ON
Air-conditioner operation/stop OFF
Compressor OFF
ON
Compressor OFF
OFF
OFF
 J13 - Open
OFF
ON
CnS2 input
PUSH
OFF
ON
Demand control
Demand control
PUSH PUSH
PUSH
Remote controller operation
Remote
Remote controller display
Air-conditioner operation/stop
Compressor OFF
Compressor OFF
-
AMP Air Conditioning
70 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
6)　2-step demand control
(i)　Starting conditions
1) When all of the followings are met
a) When the 7-segment [P04] is set at any other than OFF
b) Under the demand control
c) When the outdoor unit external input terminal “2-step demand input” is valid
(The external demand input is valid when it is opened)
d) To make valid the demand 2, the demand 1 also must be set to be valid.
(ii)　Contents of control
・ Same as (5) Energy saving mode control (See page 74.)
(iii)　Ending condition
・ When starting conditions are not met
ompressor Hz is restricted with the setting of P04 on the 7-segment, instead of external
Energy saving mode control : C
input.
Demand control : C
ompressor Hz is restricted with the external input ON. Demand rate is set with the dipswitch SW4-5
and SW4-6.
2-step demand control : C
ompressor Hz is restricted with the external input ON. Demand rate is set with P04 on the
7-segment.
External input
(Demand input)
External input
(2-step demand input)
Normal
Invalid
(short-circuited)
Normal
Air-conditioner
operation/stop
Valid (opened)
Normal
2-step demand control
PUSH
Remote controller
operation
Remote controller
operation
Normal
Invalid
(short-circuited)
Demand control
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
Demand
control
Valid (opened)
(short-circuited)
2-step demand control
(Opened)
PUSH
PUSH
Remote
ON
OFF
Demand 1
ON
ON
OFF
Demand 2 Demand 1
Demand 2
OFF
OFF
Demand 1: Demand control with the compressor output as set by SW4-5 and SW4-6
Demand 2: Demand control with the compressor output as set by [P04]
-
AMP Air Conditioning
71 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(2) Silent mode control
(a) Start conditions
When all of the following conditions is established
(i) At the start of silent mode initiated by the indoor unit or when the silent mode input is made effective (short-circuited)
at the external input terminal (Factory default: CnG2) on the outdoor unit
(ii) When the outdoor unit operation mode is cooling or heating
(iii) When the outdoor air temperature satisfies the following conditions
1) Silent setting 0, 1: Effective in zone A and B
2) Silent setting 2, 3: Effective in zone B
(Note) Silent setting 0 to 3 can be swiched by [P05] of 7-segment display.
<Outdoor operation mode - Cooling>
Valid (zone B)
Valid (zone A)
Invalid
27
29
31
Outdoor air temperature (°C)
<Outdoor operation mode - Heating>
Valid (zone B)
Valid (zone A)
Invalid
2
4
6
Outdoor air temperature (°C)
(iv)
It is excluded when the following invalid conditions are established
(For prevention of anomalous pressure rise at start)
• For 30 seconds after either compressor has been turned ON
(During a special operation)
• During the 4-way valve switching safeguard
• During the defrost control
• During the oil return control
• During the moved pump down control
• During the pump down control for removal of the unit
(Note) Any controls affected by the restriction of compressor and outdoor fan capcity during the silent mode are excluded.
(b) Control contents
Setting values can be changed with the silent setting as follows.
(i) Upper limit of compressor speed is restricted.
(ii) Upper limit of outdoor fan speed is restricted.
Item
Upper limit of compressor speed
Upper limit of outdoor fan speed
min−1
rps
Setting
P224
P280
P224
P280
Silent setting 0
(Factory default)
80
100
780
800
Silent setting 1
74
88
700
700
Silent setting 2
64
80
575
575
Silent setting 3
50
60
540
540
(c) End condition
• When the starting conditions are not established
-
AMP Air Conditioning
72 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(3)
Outdoor fan snow protection control
(a) This control is enabled/disabled by entering data into 7-segment display.
(b) Setting method of outdoor fan control
[Starting conditions]
When following conditions are established for 10 minutes continuously.
(i)
Snow protection control setting is valid ([P02]-1) and outdoor air temperature < 3°C or external input of outdoor fan
snow protection control ON. ([P07]-5 and CnS1 is shorted)
Œ Set the Code No. to “P02”.
 “0” or “1” is displayed at the data display area.
“0”: Outdoor fan control disabled (Factory setting)
“1”: Outdoor fan control enabled
Ž Press SW7 (Data write/delete) for 3 seconds continuously.
 “0” or “1” blinks every 0.5 second at the data display area.
 Press SW8 (one digit) to toggle the display back and forth between “0” and “1” (blinking).
‘ If SW7 is pressed for 3 seconds or longer continuously while “0 “ and “1” is blinking, the blinking stops.
With this operation, the enabled/disabled setting of outdoor fan control is stored in memory of EEPROM, and
henceforth the outdoor fan is controlled according to the contents of memory.
’ Contents of the outdoor fan control are retained even if the power is turned off and backed on again.
(c) Contents of outdoor fan snow protection control
Œ

If the outdoor air temperature drops 3°C or lower when the unit is all stop or error stop, the outdoor fan runs at the
rating speed (7th speed) once every 10 minutes.
The outdoor fan runs for 30 seconds.*
*Operation time outdoor fan is changeable from 10 to 600 seconds by [P03]
Ž During this snow protection control, the compressor’s magnetic contactor (52X1 52X2) is ON.
(d) End conditions of outdoor fan snow protection control
When folowing conditions are established.
(i)
Snow protection control setting is invalid ([P02]-0) or outdoor air temperature > 5°C and external input of outdoor
fan snow protection control OFF ([P07]-[5]and CnS1is opend).
(ii) Compressor ON
(iii) During all stop by anomaly
<Outdoor air temperature condition at snow protection control>
Valid
Invalid
3
5
Outdoor air temperature (°C )
(4)
External output
This function is used in order to operate the external optional devices in conjunction with relay outputs of the respective
operation information from outdoor unit.
[External output function]
External output function of CnZ1 can be switched by changing of [P06] on 7-segment display as mentioned below.
0: Operation output
• When the outdoor unit operation mode is “Operation”, the external output relay is turned ON.
(Note) The “Operation” includes not only compressor ON mode but also Fan mode and thermostat OFF mode under the condition of remote controller
ON. But the anomalous stop is excluded.
1: Error output
• It is turned ON at anomalous stop, and turned OFF when “CHECK” and “RESET” buttons on remote controller are
pressed simutaneously after recovering from the anomaly. Even if
“CHECK” and “RESET” buttons are pressed before
recovering from the anomaly, it is not turned OFF, but when recovering from the anomaly later, it is automatically
turned OFF.
2: Compressor ON output
• It is turned ON when the compressor is ON.
3: Fan ON output
• It is turned ON when the outdoor fan speed command > 0.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
73 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(5)
Energy saving mode control
This control is effective, when [P04] of 7-segment display is set 000, 040, 060, 080 (except OFF)
Control contents
(i)
Compressor upper limit speed is changed according to the setting ratio.
(ii) Compressor upper limit speed is obtained by multiplying the rating speed (at cooling/heating) with the setting ratio
as follows.
OFF: Normal (Factory setting)
80%: 80% of rating compressor upper limit speed
60%: 60% of rating compressor upper limit speed
40%: 40% of rating compressor upper limit speed
0%: 0% of rating compressor upper limit speed (stop)
(iii) Except 0% of energy saving ratio, the following controls take precedence over this control.
• 4-way valve switching safeguard
• Defrosting control
• Oil return control
• During the pump down control for removal of the unit
• Pump down control at start/stop
(6)
Forced cooling/heating operation
(i)　With this control, SW3-7 on the outdoor PCB is turned ON and CnG1 (equipped with short circuit pin) is shorted or opened
so as to forcibly determined whether the indoor unit is operated for cooling or heating.
(ii) If any operation mode other than the forcible mode is commanded from indoor unit, the mode unmatch message is displayed
on the remote controller or others and operation enters in the FAN mode.
SW3-7
ON
(7)
CnG1
Operation
Open
Cooling only
Close
Heating only
Emergency stop control
When one of indoor units receives the emergency stop signal from optional device like as refrigerant leakage detector and the
information is transmitted to the outdoor unit, the outdoor unit stops operation and an emergency stop error is transmitted to all
indoor units running.
Make the emergency stop effective by remote controller indoor function setting.
(i)　When it receives the “Emergency stop” command from the indoor unit, it makes all stop by error.
(ii)　It shows the Error display “E63” and transmits the “Emergency stop” command to all indoor units.
(iii)　If the “Emergency stop reset” command is received from the indoor unit, the “Emergency stop reset”
command is transmitted to all indoor units.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
74 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(8)
Pump down operation control for removal of the unit
When an outdoor unit is discarded or removed, the pump down control is performed at the outdoor unit side in order to recover
the refrigerant quickly to the outdoor unit.
(a) Start conditions
This is implemented with the liquid service valve closed.
(i)
Outdoor unit operation mode – Stop
(ii) Turn ON the test run cooling switch SW5-2 (cooling).
(iii) Turn ON the pump down switch SW5-3 (pump down).
(iv) Turn ON the test run switch SW5-1 when the above (i)-(iii) statuses are satisfied.
Note (1) Input before the power ON is invalid.
(b) Control contents
(i)
Compressor starts under compressor start protection control and runs at target speed of pump down operation.
However, when the operation start conditions have been established during the 3-minute delay control of
compressor, the compressor starts after completing the 3-minute delay control.
Item
Hp
Target compressor speed at pump down operation
224
8
50HZ
280
10
62HZ
Model
(ii) As the start conditions are established, both red LED and green LED on the outdoor PCB flash continuously.
7-segment display shows “PdS” (Channel 0) at the code display area.
(iii) During the pump down operation control, the protective controls (excluing low pressure protective control,
anomalous low pressure control and pressure ratio protection control) and the error detection control are effective.
(iv) The sub-cooling coil expansion valve (EEVSC) closes fully during the pump down control.
(c) End conditions
If any of the following conditions is satisfied, this control ends.
(i)
If a low pressure (LP) ≤ 0.01MPa is detected for 5 seconds continuously, it ends normally and initiates the
followings.
Œ
Red LED: keeps lighting

Green LED: keeps flashing
Ž
7-segment display: PdE

Remote controller: Stop
(ii) Anomalous all stop by the error detection control
(iii) If the cumulative compressor operation time under the pump down control totals 15 minutes (ending by time count
up), it stops and initiates the following.
Œ
Red LED: stays OFF

Green LED: keeps flashing
Ž
7-segment display: No display

Remote controller: Stop
(iv) When any of setting switches (SW5-1, SW5-2 and SW5-3) has been turned OFF during pump down.
(Note) Even if only the pump down switch SW5-3 is turned OFF, it does not recognized as the cooling test run mode , but stops
-
AMP Air Conditioning
75 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(C) Data output
(1)
7-segment and operation data retention
(a) 7-segment display
Operation information is displayed for checking various operation data during test run and for helping malfunction
diagnosis at servicing. Input data to microcomputer, contents of outdoor unit control, indoor unit registration information,
or other, are mainly displayed on the 7-segment LED.
(i)
Operation information display
Œ
Displays each item at 7-segment of 3-digit × 2 on the outdoor unit PCB.

Display is controlled with the following buttons.
SW9: Setting button for order of 10 of display code
SW8: Setting button for order of 1 of display code
SW7: Data erase/write button
Ž
Select the order of 10 for the code No. of each item with SW9 or SW8 for the order of 1.
Following identification alphabets are used at the code display.
“C”: “C00” – “C99”
“P”: “P00” – “Pxx” (up to a place where content is specified)

Code [C96]is operable item. It is possible to delete the retained operation data (data of 30 minutes preceding an
anomalous stop) by following resetting procedure.
<Resetting operation>
• Select code [C96]. If any anomalous data is retained, the data display [dEL] is shown.
• Pressing SW7 for 3 seconds erases the memory data on RAM.
(EEPROM data are not erased.)
• As the data are erased, the data display shows [- - -].
When no anomalous data are retained, it displays [---] as well.
• Unless the reset operation is performed, data are retained. Therefore, if normal operation is resumed without
the reset operation and an anomalous stop occurs again, no new anomalous data cannot be retained, but
former anomalous data are still retained unchanged.

If you press SW8 (order of 1), the number changes 0  1  2 ... 9  0.
‘
If you press SW9 (order of 10), the number jumps to the leading code of each order of 10.
Data display [Cxx] and setting value display [Pxx] are considered to be continuous.
Example: Pressing SW9 at [C07] it changes to [C10]
: Pressing SW9 at [C90], it changes to [P00]
’
Codes [C44] are operable items. With the following reset operation, the cumulative compressor operation time
corresponding to the code No. can be erased (reset). (Reset of operation time after replacing the compressor)
<Resetting operation>
• Select codes [C44]. Cumulative compressor operation time up to present is displayed.
• Pressing SW7 for 3 seconds erases the memory data.
However, the cumulative compressor operation time data in the 30 minutes log data preceding an anomalous
stop (if this retained log data are not deleted) are not erased by this procedure.
“
Data display for spare items is left in blank.
(ii) When the temperature is below -10.0°C for the display of discharge pressure saturated temperature and suction
pressure saturated temperature, the fraction after decimal point is rounded up. (Because the range of 7-segment
display is 3-digit.)
(iii) Return the error No. display after an error to the normal display by turning ON the dipswitch SW3-1.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
76 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(iii) Precedence of display
Œ
[Exx] > [Related to check operation ([CHJ] > [CHU])] > [PdE] > [PdS]> [oPx] > [Cxx]

If resetting from the display of Œ, it is switched to [C00].
Ž
If SW8 or SW9 is pressed during the display of Œ, it changes to [C00].
However, unless no button input is done for 10 seconds after change to [C00], it changes to the display of Œ
automatically according to the precedence.

Display switching
Special display is the display other than [CXX].
When special
display occurs
Special display
[CXX]
Button operation
Special display reset
or
button operation
No operation for 10 seconds*
Automatic feeding
Button operation
[C99]
* If the special display is reset in the meanwhile, it remains as [CXX].
-
AMP Air Conditioning
77 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(b) List of 7-segment displays
Code
No.
Contents of display
Data display range Minimum unit
Remarks
Error
display [Exx]
Caution [Axx]
display
Special
display [PdS][PdE][CH][CHF][CO][HE][PCL][dLP][dLC][dLH][oPE][CAP]
Code
No.
Data display range Minimum unit
Contents of data display
Remarks
<Sensor value, actuator information>
C00
CM1 operation frequency
0 ~ 130
1Hz
C01
(Spare)
C02
Tho-A Outdoor air temperature
L,-20 ~ 43
1°C
C03
Tho-R1 Heat exchanger temperature 1
L,-25 ~ 73
1°C
C04
Tho-R2 Heat exchanger temperature 2
L,-25 ~ 73
1°C
C05
(Spare)
C06
(Spare)
C07
Tho-D1 Discharge pipe temperature (CM1)
L,31 ~ 136
1°C
C08
(Spare)
C09
(Spare)
C10
Tho-C1 Under-dome temperature (CM1)
L,5 ~ 90
1°C
C11
(Spare)
C12
Tho-P1 Power transistor temperature (CM1)
L,5 ~ 136
1°C
C13
(Spare)
C14
Tho-SC Sub-cooling coil temperature 1
L,18 ~ 73
1°C
C15
Tho-H Sub-cooling coil temperature 2
L,-25 ~ 73
1°C
C16
Tho-S Suction pipe temperature
L,-25 ~ 73
1°C
C17
Inverter secondary current
0 ~ 50
1A
C18
CT1 (CM1) current
0 ~ 50
1A
C19
(Spare)
C20
EEVH1 Heating expansion valve opening angle
0 ~ 500
1 pulse
C21
(Spare)
C22
EEVSC Sub-cooling coil expansion valve
opening angle
0 ~ 500
1 pulse
C23
FMo1 Actual fan speed
0 ~ 999
10min-1
C24
FMo2 Actual fan speed
0 ~ 999
10min-1
C25
PSH High pressure sensor
0 ~ 4.15
0.01MPa
C26
PSL Low pressure sensor
0 ~ 1.70
0.01MPa
C27
(Spare)
C28
(Spare)
C29
(Spare)
C30
C31
Pressure switch
External input
0,1
(0: Open, 1: Close)
0,1
(0: Open, 1: Close)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
Order of 100: 63H1-1
–
Order of 10: (Spare)
Order of 1: (Spare)
Order of 100: CNS1
–
Order of 10: CNS2
Order of 1: CNG1
78 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Code
No.
Contents of data display
C32 External input
C33 Relay output
C34 Relay output
C35 Relay output
C36 Relay output
Data display range
Minimum
unit
0,1
(0: Open, 1: Close)
–
0,1
(0: Open, 1: Close)
–
0,1
(0: Open, 1: Close)
–
0,1
(0: Open, 1: Close)
0,1
(0: Open, 1: Close)
Order of 100: CNG2
Order of 10: (Spare)
Order of 1: (Spare)
Order of 100: 52C-1
Order of 10: 20S
Order of 1: Crankcase heater 1
Order of 100: SV6
Order of 10: (Spare)
Order of 1: (Spare)
Order of 100: SV1
–
Order of 10: SV11
Order of 1: SV12
Order of 100: (Spare)
–
Order of 10: (Spare)
Order of 1: (Spare)
Order of 100: External output (CNZ1)
0,1
(0: Open, 1: Close)
–
C38 (Spare)
–
–
C39 (Spare)
–
–
C40 Number of connected indoor units
0 ~ 50
1
C41 Capacity of connected indoor units
0 ~ 200
1
C37 External output
Remarks
Order of 10: CnH Operation output
Order of 1: CnY Anomalous output
<Outdoor unit information>
C42 Number of indoor units with thermostat ON
0 ~ 50
1
C43 Required Hz total
Cumulative compressor operation time
C44
(CM1)
C45 (Spare)
0 ~ 999
1Hz
0 ~ 655
100h
C46 Discharge pressure saturated temperature
-50 ~ 70
0.1°C
Range unable to display (-10°C or under) is in the unit of 1°C.
C47 Suction pressure saturated temperature
-50 ~ 30
0.1°C
Range unable to display (-10°C or under) is in the unit of 1°C.
-0.68 ~ 4.15
0.01
MPa
0 is omitted in negative range.
-0.68  [-.68]
C49 Super cooling
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
C50 Super heat
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
C51 Sub-cooling coil overheat
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
C52 Discharge pipe overheat 1
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
C53 Under-dome overheat 1
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
C54 Target cooling low pressure
0.00 ~ 2.00
0.01MPa
C55 Target heating high pressure
1.60 ~ 4.15
0.01MPa
C48
Sub-cooling coil temperature sensor 1
saturated pressure
C56 Target Fk
0 ~ 999
1Hz
C57 Inverter 1 operation frequency command
0 ~ 130
1Hz
C58 (Spare)
0 ~ 130
1Hz
C59 FMo1 Fan Speed command
0 ~ 999
10min-1
C60 FMo2 Fan Speed command
0 ~ 999
10min-1
-
AMP Air Conditioning
79 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
code
No.
Contents of data display
Data display range
Minimum
unit
Remarks
＜Control status＞
C61
C62
C63
C64
C65
C66
C67
C68
C69
Control status
Control status
Control status
Spare
Protection control status
Protection control status
Protection control status
1-digit: Spare
–
0.1
3-digit: Under test run control
2-digit: Under the demand control
（0：OFF，1：ON）
1-digit: Under the silent mode control
–
0.1
3-digit: In the capacity measuring mode
2-digit: Spare
（0：OFF，1：ON）
1-digit: Spare
–
0.1
3-digit: Spare
2-digit: Spare
（0：OFF，1：ON）
1-digit: Spare
–
0.1
3-digit: Under the HP speed reduction control
2-digit: Under the LP speed reduction control
（0：OFF，1：ON）
1-digit: Under the Td speed reduction control
–
0.1
3-digit: Compression ratio speed reduction control
2-digit: Under the CS speed reduction control
（0：OFF，1：ON）
1-digit: Under the PT speed reduction control
–
0.1
3-digit: Under the Tc speed reduction control
2-digit: Spare
（0：OFF，1：ON）
1-digit: Spare
0 ～ 127
0.1
1
See page 83
–
3-digit: Spare
2-digit: Spare
（0：OFF，1：ON）
1-digit: Spare
-
AMP Air Conditioning
3-digit: Under the oil return control
2-digit: During defrosting
（0：OFF，1：ON）
Cause of compressor stop
Spare
–
0.1
80 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Data display range
Minimum
unit
C70 Counter · Sensor wire disconnected
0 ~ 3
1
C71 Counter · High pressure protection
0 ~ 5
1
0 ~ 5
1
Code
No.
Contents of data display
Remarks
<Anomalous counter information>
C72
Counter · Anomalous low pressure Ž (During
operation)
C73 Counter · Anomalous low pressureŒ(During stop)
0 ~ 5
1
C74 Counter · Discharge pipe 1 anomalous temperature
0 ~ 5
1
C75 Counter · Anomalous FMo1 stop
0 ~ 5
1
C76 Counter · Anomalous FMo2 stop
0 ~ 5
1
C77 Counter · Current cut (CM1)
0 ~ 4
1
C78 Counter · Compressor 1 starting failure
0 ~ 20
1
C79 Counter · Inverter 1 comunication error
0 ~ 4
1
C80 Counter · Power transistor 1 overheat
0 ~ 4
1
C82 Counter · Inverter 1 desynchronism error
0 ~ 127
1
C81 (Spare)
C83 Counter · Inverter 1 comunication error cumulative
0 ~ 127
1
C84 Counter · Indoor/outdoor comunication error
0 ~ 255
1
C85 Counter · CPU reset
0 ~ 255
1
0 ~ 3
1
C97 Program · Sub version
0 ~ 991
–
C98 Program · POL version
0.00 ~ 9.99
0.01
C86 (Spare)
C87 (Spare)
C88 (Spare)
C89 (Spare)
C90 (Spare)
C91 (Spare)
C92 (Spare)
C93 Counter – Liquid-back error
C94 (Spare)
<Others>
C95 (Spare)
C96 Data reset
C99 Auto feed display
–
-
AMP Air Conditioning
81 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Code
No.
Contents of data display
Data display range
Minimum
unit
Remarks
<User setting>
P00 (Spare)
P01 Operation priority selection
– – – –
–
0,1
–
0: First push priority (at shipping)
1: Last push priorit
P02
Outdoor unit fan snow protection
control
0,1
–
0: Control disabled (at shipping)
1: Control enabled
P03
Outdoor unit fan snow protection
control ON time setting
30 : (Factory default)
10, 30 ~ 600 [Sec]
30
Changes like 10, 30, 60 90 … 600
P04 Energy saving mode
OFF,000,040,
060,080
0: OFF, 1: 0%, 2: 40%. 3: 60%, 4: 80%
Factory default is 0: OFF.
P05 Silent mode setting
0 : (Factory default)
0 ~ 3
1
P06 Allocation of external output (CnZ1)
0 : (Factory default)
0 ~ 9
1
P07 Allocation of external input (CnS1)
0 : (Factory default)
0 ~ 9
1
P08 Allocation of external input (CnS2)
1 : (Factory default)
0 ~ 9
1
P09 Allocation of external input (CnG1)
2 : (Factory default)
0 ~ 9
1
P10 Allocation of external input (CnG2)
3 : (Factory default)
0 ~ 9
1
<Service engineer setting>
Preferencial switch to ensure certain
P19 indoor outlet air temperature at
heating
0 : (Factory default)
0.1
Allowable total capacity of thermostat
110 : (Factory default)
ON indoor units to ensure certain
P20
indoor outlet temperature at heating
100, 090, 080
Allowable number of thermostat ON
indoor units to ensure certain indoor 0 : (Factory default)
P21
0 ~ 9
outlet temperature at heating
<Newsuper link setting>
0,1
P30 Superlink communication
status
Automatic address setting
0 : (Factory default)
P31
start input
0,1
Input the starting indoor
1 : (Factory default)
P32 address for automatic address
1 ~127
setting
P33
Input the number of connected
indoor units
P34 Polarity difinition
–
Changes to 110, 100, 090, 080, 110 …
1
–
–
0:
1:
0:
1:
Previous superlink
New superlink
Automatic address setting standby
Automatic address setting start
1
Specify the starting indoor address connected in
one refrigerant system for automatic address setting.
1 : (Factory default)
1 ~24 (*)
1
Specify the number of indoor units connected in
one refrigerant system for automatic address setting.
(*) Maximum connectable number of indoor units for each outdoor unit
0 : (Factory default)
0,1
–
0: Network polarity not defined
1: Network polarity defined
-
AMP Air Conditioning
–
0: Control for ensuring certain indoor outlet air
temperature at heating is valid
1: Control for ensuring certain indoor outlet air
temperature at heating is invalid
82 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Compressor stop cause (Cord No. C68)
It shows the latest comprressor anomalous stop cause
Compressor stop cause
At power on
Outdoor air temperature
Outdoor heat exchanger temperture 1
Outdoor heat exchanger temperture 2
Discharge pipe temperature sensor 1(CM1)
Suction pipe temperature sensor
Sensor disconnection Sub-cooling temperature sensor 1(liquid side)
and/or short-circuit
Sub-cooling temperature sensor 2(gas side)
Under-dome temperature sensor 1
Power transistor temperature sensor 1
Active filter temperature sensor
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
HP anomaly
LP anomaly
Td1 anomaly
FMo1 anomaly
FMo2 anomaly
Inverter 1 current cut
Anomaly detection
Inverter 1 startup failure
Inverter 1 communication error
Inverter 1 anomalous compressor induced voltage and torque
Inverter 1 power tansistor overheat
Inverter 1 rotor lock
Liquid flooding anomaly
Outdoor operation mode heating/cooling switching
Heating overload protection
Stop by restriction
Stopping time by compressor dilution ratio protection control (Less than 30 minutes) *3
Stopping time by compressor dilution ratio protection control (Over 30 minutes) *3
No
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
40
41
50
51
*3 As the actual operation, write the stop factor 50 at the start of power supply and, when the accumulated compressor start inhibition
time (counted only when the remote controller is turned on) has exceeded 30 minutes, overwrite on it with the stop factor with
51. The code of this stop factor is retained even after the protective start inhibition has been released, until it is overwritten with
another stop factor.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
83 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(c) Saving of Operation Data
Mainly for investigating the causes of market claims, operation data are always saved in memory. If any trouble occurs,
the data writing is stopped and only the operation data prior to the time when the trouble occurs are recorded. These data
can be loaded to a PC via RS232C connector of PCB and utilized for identifying causes.
(i) Operation data for a period of 30minutes prior to the present operation are saved and updated continuously.
(ii) If an anomalous stop occurs, the data are not updated any more.
(iii) Data are written in based on 1 minute sampling interval and following data is transmitted to PC upon demand.
Data
Software version
PID (Program ID)
Outdoor unit capacity
Power supply frequency
Outdoor address
Indoor address × 16 units
Indoor capacity × 16 units
Outdoor unit composition
Single type
Ascii
Ascii
Ascii
Ascii
Ascii
Ascii
Ascii
Data range
15 bytes
2 bytes
3 bytes
2 bytes
2 bytes
2 bytes × 16 units
3 bytes × 16 units
Example
KD3C218######## (# : NULL)
5D
As listed blow
60
00 ~ 3F
40 ~ 7F
022 ~ 280
Outdoor unit capacity data
Remarks
Example: 10HP - [S10] S: Display with Horse Power of single type
(iv) Error retention and monitoring data
Code
No.
00
01
02
03
04
05
Indoor
Indoor
Indoor
Indoor
Indoor
Indoor
06
Indoor
07
08
09
Indoor
Indoor
Indoor
10
11
Indoor
Indoor
12
Indoor
Record data
Data write range Unit of write Number of bytes
Contents
1 Thi-A
–14 ~ 50
A/D value
1
Return air
1 Thi-R1
0 ~ 72
A/D value
1
Heat exchanger 1
1 Thi-R2
0 ~ 72
A/D value
1
Heat exchanger 2
1 Thi-R3
0 ~ 72
A/D value
1
Heat exchanger 3
1 EEV
0 ~ 470
1 pulse
2
1 operation/stop
0,1
–
1
0
Stop
1
Operation
1 operation mode
0 ~ 4
–
1
0
Auto
1
Dehumidifying
2
Cooling
3
Fan
4
Heating
1 request Hz
0 ~ 255
1Hz
1
1 answer Hz
0 ~ 255
1Hz
1
1 indoor local
–
–
1
Bit0
Anti-frost
Bit1
EEV opening angle
implementation
1 Thi spare
–14 ~ 50
A/D value
1
Discharge
1 type
0 ~ 67
–
1
0
FDT
1
FDK
2
Others
3
FDE
4
FDTC
5
6
7
60 ~
1PID
–
–
1
Write contents
-
AMP Air Conditioning
84 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Code
No.
Write contents
Record data
Number of
Unit of write
Data write range
bytes
0
Error code
00 ~ 99
–
1
1
Error existing unit address
00 ~ FF
–
1
<Sensor value>
2 Tho-A Outdoor air temperature
-20 ~ 70
A/D value
1
3
Tho-R1 Heat exchanger temp. 1
-40 ~ 75
A/D value
2
4
Tho-R2 Heat exchanger temp. 2
-40 ~ 75
A/D value
2
5
Tho-D1 Discharge pipe temp. (CM1)
-20 ~ 140
A/D value
1
6
Tho-S Suction pipe temperature
-40 ~ 75
A/D value
2
7
Tho-SC Sub-cooling coil temp. 1
-40 ~ 75
A/D value
2
8
Tho-H Sub-cooling coil temp. 2
-40 ~ 75
A/D value
2
-20 ~ 140
A/D value
1
0 ~ 50
A/D value
1
-40 ~ 90
A/D value
1
9
Tho-P1 Power transistor temp. (Radiator fin)
10
Inverter secondary current
11
Tho-C1 Under-dome temp. (CM1)
12
CT1 Current
0 ~ 50
A/D value
1
13
High pressure sensor
0 ~ 4.15
A/D value
1
14
Low pressure sensor
0 ~1.70
A/D value
1
<Outdoor unit information>
15 Number of connected indoor units
16
Capacity of connected indoor units
17
Number of indoor units with thermostat ON
18
19
20
Total capacity of indoor units with cooling
thermostat ON
Total capacity of indoor units with heating
thermostat ON
Operation mode
0 ~ 127
1 unit
1
0 ~ 65535
–
2
0 ~ 255
1 unit
1
0 ~ 65535
2
0 ~ 65535
2
0 ~ 2
–
1
21
Inverter CM1 actual operation frequency
0 ~ 255
1Hz
1
22
FMo1 Actual fan speed
0 ~ 65535
10min-1
2
23
FMo2 Actual fan speed
0 ~ 65535
10min-1
2
24
Required Hz total
0 ~ 65535
1Hz
2
25
Discharge pressure saturated temperature
-50 ~ 70
0.01°C
2
26
Suction pressure saturated temperature
-50 ~ 30
0.01°C
2
-0.68 ~ 4.15
0.01MPa
2
1.0 ~ 10.0
0.1
1
28
Sub-cooling coil temp. sensor 1 saturated
pressure
Pressure ratio
29
Cooling sub-cooling
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
2
30
Suction overheat
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
2
31
Sub-cooling coil overheat
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
2
32
Discharge pipe overheat
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
2
33
Compressor 1 under-dome overheat
0 ~ 50
0.1deg
2
34
Target Fk
0 ~ 65535
1Hz
2
35
Answer Hz total
0 ~ 65535
1Hz
2
36
Inverter 1 operation frequency command
0 ~ 120
1Hz
1
27
Contents
00: No error on outdoor unit
01-99: All errors
00 – 3F: Outdoor
40 – 6F: Indoor
0
Stop
1
Cooling
2
Heating
See below※mark
※ Definition of signals
No.28: Pressure ratio
Pressure ratio = (High pressure sensor + 0.101) [MPa] / (Low pressure sensor + 0.101) [MPa]
-
AMP Air Conditioning
85 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Code
Write contents
No.
37 FMo1 Fan speed command
Record data
Unit of Number of
Data write range
write
bytes
0 ~ 65535
10min-1
2
Contents
38
FMo2 Fan speed command
0 ~ 65535
10min-1
2
39
EEVH1 opening degree
0 ~ 65535
1 pulse
2
40
EEVSC opening degree
0 ~ 65535
1 pulse
2
41
Compressor target cooling low
pressure
Compressor target heating high
pressure
Outdoor EEVH target superheat
0.00 ~ 2.00
0.01MPa
1
0.00 ~ 4.15
0.01MPa
2
0 ~ 25.5
0.1°C
1
0 ~ 255
1 pulse
1
45
Outdoor EEVH initial learning
opeing position
Outdoor EEVSC target superheat
0 ~ 25.5
0.1°C
1
46
Cumulative amount of hold-up oil.
0 ~ 2550
10cc
1
Actual range: 0cc – 1100cc
47
Oil return count down
0 ~ 255
3 min.
1
Actual range: 0 – 600min (10 hour)
–
–
1
42
43
44
Actual range: 5°C – 11°C
<PCB hardware input>
48
49
50
51
External input
Dip SW [SW3]
Dip SW [SW4]
Dip SW [SW5]
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
-
AMP Air Conditioning
1
1
Bit0
63H1
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit1
(Spare)
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit2
CNS1
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit3
CNS2
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit4
CNG1
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit5
CNG2
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit6
(Spare)
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit7
(Spare)
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit0
SW3-1
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit1
SW3-2
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit2
SW3-3
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit3
SW3-4
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit4
SW3-5
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit5
SW3-6
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit6
SW3-7
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit7
SW3-8
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit0
SW4-1
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit1
SW4-2
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit2
SW4-3
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit3
SW4-4
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit4
SW4-5
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit5
SW4-6
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit6
SW4-7
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit7
SW4-8
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit0
SW5-1
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit1
SW5-2
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit2
SW5-3
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit3
SW5-4
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit4
SW5-5
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit5
SW5-6
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit6
SW5-7
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit7
SW5-8
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
86 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Code
No.
52
53
Write contents
Dip SW [SW6]
Jumper SW
Record data
Unit of Number of
Data write range write
bytes
–
–
–
1
–
1
Contents
Bit0
SW6-1
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit1
SW6-2
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit2
SW6-3
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit3
SW6-4
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit4
SW6-5
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit5
SW6-6
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit6
SW6-7
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit7
SW6-8
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit0
J11
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit1
J12
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit2
J13
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit3
J14
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit4
J15
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit5
J16
0: Open, 1: Short-circuit
Bit6
(Spare)
Bit7
(Spare)
Bit0
52X1, 52X2
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit1
20S
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit2
CH1
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit3
SV1
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit4
SV6
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit5
SV11
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit6
(Spare)
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit7
(Spare) FMC1,2
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit0
Operation output
(CnH)
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
<PCB hardware output>
54
55
Relay output
Relay output
–
–
–
1
–
1
Bit1
Error output (CnY) 0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit2
External output
(CnZ)
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit3
(Spare)
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit4
(Spare)
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit5
(Spare)
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit6
(Spare)
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
Bit7
(Spare)
0 : OFF, 1 : ON
<Related to compressor>
56
CM1 Cumulative operation
hours (Approx.)
0 ~ 65535
1h
2
57
CM1 Starting times
0 ~ 65535
× 20
times
2
58
CM1 3-minute delay timer
0 ~ 180
1 sec
1
59
Energizing time count down
0 ~ 255
1 min
1
60
Control status CH
Compressor protection timer
0 ~ 360
3 min
1
61
Control status CH
Compressor protection start
0 ~ 15
–
1
Protection start
complete
0 ~ 14 Protection start ON
-
AMP Air Conditioning
15
87 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Record data
Data write range
Unit of
write
Number of
bytes
Control status HP (63H1) anomaly counter
Control status LP anomaly counter while
73
running
Control status LP anomaly counter while
74
stopping
75 Control status Td1 error counter
0~5
1
1
0~5
1
1
0~5
1
1
0~5
1
1
76 Control status DC fan motor 1 error counter
0~5
1
1
77 Control status DC fan motor 2 error counter
Control status sensor wire disconnected
78
counter
79 Control status INV1 current cut error counter
0~5
1
1
0~3
1
1
0~4
1
1
80 Control status INV1 starting failure counter
Control status INV1 communication error
81
counter
Control status INV1 desynchronism error
82
counter
Control status INV1 communication error
83
counter cumulative
(Spare) Control status INV1 power transistor
84
overheat error counter
85 Control status INV1 rotor lock error counter
0 ~ 20
1
1
0~4
1
1
0~4
1
1
0 ~ 255
1
1
0~4
1
1
0 ~ 127
1
1
0,1
–
1
Code
No.
Write contents
Contents
<Error counter information>
72
<Setting value display>
86
Operation priority switching outsoor fan
snow protection control
87
Outdoor fan snow protection control
0,1
88
Outdoor fan snow protection control ON
time setting
30: (Factory default)
10, 30 – 600 [sec]
89
Demand ratio change value
90
1
10 sec
1
OFF, 000, 040, 060,
080
Factory default 0: OFF
–
1
Silent mode setting
0~9
–
1
91
CNS1 function quota value
0~9
–
1
92
CNS2 function quota value
0~9
–
1
93
CNG1 function quota value
0~9
–
1
94
CNG2 function quota value
0~9
–
1
95
External output function quota
0~9
–
1
96
Target cooling low pressure compensation
-0.20 ~ +0.20
0.01MPa
1
97
Target cooling high pressure compensation
0.00 ~ 0.40
0.01MPa
1
98
Heating setting 1 (Target outlet temperature)
40 ~ 50
1 [°C]
1
99
Heating setting 2 (Target high pressure)
3.15 ~ 2.75
0.05[Mpa]
1
30 ~ 38
1 [℃]
1
0~
－
1
0~4
－
8
100 Heating setting 3 (Judgment temperature)
0
First push priority
1
Last push priority
0
Invalid
1
Valid
0
Auto
1
Humidifying
2
Cooling
3
Fan
4
Heating
<Other>
104 Override number
<Indoor unit information>
106 Registered indoor 1－8 operation
mode
107 Registered indoor 1－8 request Hz
0 ~ 255
1Hz
8
108 Registered indoor 1－8 answer Hz
0 ~ 255
1Hz
8
-
AMP Air Conditioning
88 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
8
SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
8.1 Basics of troubleshooting
Basic troubleshooting is to check/analyze/save data by connecting the Mente PC.
Whenever arriving at the site, always connect the Mente PC before starting work.
Method of error data analysis (Basic procedure)
• Identify whether particular error occurred during operation or stopping.
• Is it caused by the installation conditions of outdoor/indoor unit? (Refrigerant quantity, pipe length,
short-circuit, clogged filter, etc.)
• Isn’t there any beginner’s mistake at the installation? (Wrong address, mistake in piping or wiring, etc.)
• Is the failure related to any hardware (parts)? (SV main body, coil, capillary, check valve, sensor, etc.)
• Is it a major component.
Compressor, inverter PCB and outdoor DC fan motor.
• Is it a failure of electrical component?
Error on
indoor unit or
outdoor unit?
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
Is the remote
controller
connected?
Was the power
supply reset after the
error occurred?
Save the momentary data
just before the error
occurred
in Mente PC
Connect the Mente PC
and restart operation
Save the data for 30 minutes
before the error occurred
in Mente PC
Check and write down the
momentary data (retained in
the remote controller) just
before the error occurred
Connect the Mente PC
and restart operation
Connect the Mente PC
and restart operation
Connect the Mente PC
and restart operation
-
AMP Air Conditioning
89 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
8.2 Explanation of troubleshooting
(a) Checking 15V on the control PCB (Step to check if the inverter PCB fails or not)
Use this to diagnose E41, E42, E45 and E48.
Fan motor check
Power OFF (Power supply circuit breaker OFF)
*Be sure to check both fan motor 1 and 2
Be sure to wait for 3 minutes after turning the
power circuit breaker off.
Disconnect the fan motor wires.
(Both the power cable and control wires)
Even if DC15Vis detected, affection by fan motor anomaly is
suspected. Implement following check.
Turn the power circuit breaker OFF
Wait 3 minutes
Turn the power ON (power circuit breaker ON)
and start operation with the test run SW.
Connect the wires of fan motor 1 or 2
Check between #1 and #2 of CNA2 on the control
PCB to see if DC 15V is detected.
③
Power ON
Test run switch ON
Check whether DC15V betten ①-② of CNA2
on the control PCB is detected.
Since, unless DC15V is detected, faulty inverter PCB is suspected,
check CNI at the control PCB side, the connector connection of
CNA at the inverter side and breakage of communication wires.
If everything is all right, replace the inverter PCB.
If DC15V is detected, primary check is completed.
Return to ① and check fan motor
(Between ①-③ of CNI3).
If no problem on both fan motor 1 and 2, go to further
diagnosis of E41, E42, E45, E48 sequentially.
Check
E41, 42, 45, 48
If DC15V is not detected, the connected fan motor
has anomaly.
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the wires.
If the check of fan motor 2 is not completed, return to ①
and check fan motor 2 (Between ①-③ of CNI3).
*After completion of checking both fan motor 1 and 2,
replace the anomalous fan moto
r.
(b) Inspection of short-circuit on the power transistor module terminals
Disconnect the wiring of compressor and check for short-circuit with a tester.
Inspect between terminals of: P-U, P-V, P-W, N-U, N-V, N-W and P-N
It will be easier to contact the tester at the following place at each terminal.
P: P terminal of power transistor
N: N terminal of power transistor
U: End of red harness to compressor
V: End of white harness to compressor
W: End of blue harness to compressor
Terminal (+)
P
N
P
P
P
N
N
N
U
V
W
U
V
W
Terminal (-)
N
P
U
V
W
U
V
W
P
P
P
N
N
N
Normal value (Ω)
Several 10 M
Several M
Several 10 M
Several 100K
Several 100K
Several 10 M
Note (1) When a measured value is 0 ­ a few kΩ, the element may be broken. Replace the power transistor part.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
90 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
8.3 Contentsoftroubleshooting
(a)
List of inspection displays
1)
Indoor and outdoor units
Remote
7-segment
controller
display
error code
E1
–
E2
–
E3
–
E5
–
E6
–
E7
–
E9
–
E10
–
E12
–
–
–
–
E16
E18
Name of inspection
Classification
Remote controller communication error
Duplicated indoor unit address
Outdoor unit signal line error
Communication error during operation
Indoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor anomaly (Thi-R)
Indoor return air temperature thermistor anomaly (Thi-A)
Drain trouble
Excessive number of indoor units (more than 17 units) by
controlling one remote controller
Address setting error by mixed setting method
Indoor fan motor anomaly (FDT series)
Indoor fan motor anomaly (FDK series)
Address setting error of master and slave indoor untis
Indoor unit operation check drain motor check mode anomaly
Indoor fan motor rotion speed anomaly (FDT, FDTC, FDFW and FDK series)
Remote controller temperature thermistor anomaly (Thc)
Unmatch connection of indoor and outdoor unit
Duplicated outdoor unit address No.
Open L3 Phase on power supply at primary side
Discharge pipe temperature error (Tho-D1)
E36
Liquid flooding anomaly
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor (Tho-R)
E37-1, 2 and subcooling coil temperature thermistor (Tho-SC, -H)
E37
E37-5, 6
anomaly
E38
E38
Outdoor air temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-A)
E39
E39-1
Discharge pipe temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-D1)
E40
E40
High pressure anomaly (63H1-1 activated)
E41 (E51) E41 (E51)-1 Power transister overheat
E42
E42-1
Current cut (CM1)
Excessive number of indoor units connected, excessive total
E43-1
E43
capacity of connection
E43-2
Communication error between inverter PCB and outdoor
E45
E45-1
control (PCB)
Mixed address setting methods coexistent in same network
E46
E46
E48-1
E48
Outdoor DC fan motor anomaly
E48-2
E49
E49
Low pressure anomaly
Suction pipe temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-S),
E53/E55
E53/E55-1
Under-dome temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-C1)
High pressure sensor anomaly (PSH)/Low pressure sensor
E54-1
E54
anomaly (PSL)
E54-2
E56
E56-1
Power transitor temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-P1)
E19
E20
E28
E30
E31
E32
–
–
–
E30
E31
E32
E36-1
E36-3
E58
E59
E60
E63
2)
E58-1
E59-1
E60-1
E63
Anomalous compressor by loss of synchronism
Compressor startup failure (CM)
Rotor position detection failure (CM)
Emergency stop
Page
108
Communication error
Address setting error
109
Address pairing setting error
110
Communication error 110・111
Thermistor wire breakage
112
Thermistor wire breakage
113
System error
114
Communication error
115
Address
DC fan
DC fan
Address
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
setting error
motor error
motor error
setting error
Setting error
DC fan motor error
Thermistor wire breakage
System error
Address setting error
Site setting error
System error
System error
Thermistor wire
breakage
128
Thermistor wire breakage
Thermistor wire breakage
System error
System error
System error
129
130
131
132
133
Site setting error
134
Communication error
135
Address setting error
136
DC fan motor error
137
System error
Thermistor wire
breakage
Thermistor wire
breakage
Thermistor wire breakage
138
System error
System error
System error
Site setting error
142
143
144
145
139
140
141
Optional controller in-use
SL-1N-E
SL-2N-E
SL-3N-E
Error
Red
code
LED
E75
Indoor unit
control PCB
Red
LED
Green
LED
Outdoor unit
control PCB
Red
LED
Green
LED
Keeps Stays Keeps Stays Keep
flashing OFF flashing OFF flashing
Location of
trouble
Repair
method
SL-1N-E ・ Communication enor (Deflective communication circuit on the main unit of Replacoment
SL-2N-E
SL1N-E, SL2N-Eor SL3N-E)
SL-3N-E
-
AMP Air Conditioning
Description of trouble
91 -
#
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
(b)
Troubleshooting
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1. Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Operates but does not cool
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5. Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check the indoor fan operation
Check the temperature difference between
return and suction air of indoor unit
2. Error detection method
Is the
temperature differnce
between return and
suction air 10-20ºC at
cooling?
YES
Does the
heat load increase after
installtion?
NO
It is normal
(This unit is designed to
start in the soft start mode
by detecting the compressor
under-dome temperature
when it restart after power
reset)
YES
NO
It is necessary to replace to
higher capacity unit or to
install additional unit
Mistake in model selection.
Calculate heat load once more.
Is the compressor
operating?
NO
" WAIT "
message is displayed [for
3 seconds] when performing
cooling, defumidifying or heating
operation from remote
controller?
YES
YES
Compressor may be stopped
by the error detection control.
For the contents of control,
refer to anomalous stop
control by controlling
compressor rotation speed
of microcomputer control
function
Is the
compressor rotation
speed low?
Check the followings
• Minor clogging of filter
• Minor fouling of heat exchanger
• Minor short-circuit of airflow
• Slightly insufficient or excessive
refrigerant amount
• Poor compression of compressor
NO
3. Condition of error displayed
NO
YES
4. Presumable cause
• Poor compression of
compressor
• Expansion valve anomaly
Compressor refrigerant oil
protective control at starting
is activated.
For the contents of control, refer
to the compressor start control.
Check suspicious points
considering appropriate
operation control
Check following operation control function.
. Control for determing compressor rotation speed
. Protective control by controlling compressor
rotation speed
Which control is appropriate to this phenomenon
Is the
operating conditions of
indoor/outdoor unit
under rated condition?
YES
Note (1) Outdoor: 35ºC
Indoor : 27ºCDB/19ºCWB
NO
The unit is operating normally, but is operating
under the protective control of compressor or
other respective components
Check the followings for
reference
• Severe clogging of filter
• Severe clogging of heat
exchanger
• Severe short-circuit of
airflow
• Severely insufficient or
excessive refrigerant
amount
• Under protective control of
compressor
• Indoor unit fan tap setting
• Valid setting of silent mode
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
92 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Operates but does not heat
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check the indoor fan operation
Check the temperature difference between
return and suction air of indoor unit
2.Error detection method
Is the
temperature differnce
between return and
suction air 10-30ºC at
heating?
YES
Does the
heat load increase after
installtion?
NO
It is normal
(This unit is designed
to start in the soft start
mode by detecting the
compressor under-dome
temperature when it restart
after power reset)
YES
NO
It is necessary to replace to
higher capacity unit or to
install additional unit
Mistake in model selection.
Calculate heat load once more.
Is the compressor
operating?
NO
" WAIT "
message is displayed [for
3 seconds] when performing
cooling, defumidifying or heating
operation from remote
controller?
YES
NO
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
Is the
compressor rotation
speed low?
• 4-way valve anomaly
• Poor compression of
compressor
• Expansion valve anomaly
Check following operation control function.
. Control for determing compressor rotation speed
. Protective control by controlling compressor
rotation speed
Which control is appropriate to this phenomenon
Is the
operating conditions of
indoor/outdoor unit
under rated condition?
Check suspicious points
considering appropriate
operation control
YES
Note (1) Outdoor: 7ºC
Indoor : 20ºC
NO
The unit is operating normally, but is operating
under the protective control of compressor or
other respective components
Compressor may be
stopped by the error
detection control.
For the contents of control,
refer to anomalous stop
control by controlling
compressor rotation speed
of microcomputer control
function
Check the followings
• Minor clogging of filter
• Minor fouling of heat exchanger
• Minor short-circuit of airflow
• Slightly insufficient or excessive
refrigerant amount
• Poor compression of compressor
NO
YES
4.Presumable cause
Compressor refrigerant
oil protective control at
starting is activated.
For the contents of control,
refer to the compressor
start control.
Check the followings for
reference
• Severe clogging of filter
• Severe clogging of heat
exchanger
• Severe short-circuit of airflow
• Severely insufficient or
excessive refrigerant amount
• Under protective control of
compressor
• Indoor unit fan tap setting
• Valid setting of silent mode
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
93 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Stays Off Stays Off
Earth leakage breaker activated
Outdoor Stays Off Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Are the
insulation resistance
and and coil resistance of
compressor OK?
Countermeasure
NO
Replace compressor. *
NO
Secure insulation
resistance.
YES
Secure insulation
resistance.
YES
2.Error detection method
Is insulation
of respective harnesses OK?
YES
Is any hamess bitten
between pannel and casing
or etc?
NO
3. Condition of error displayed
Check the outdoor unit grounding
wire and earth leakage breaker
Check of the outdoor unit grounding wire and earth leakage breaker
①
Run an independent grounding wire from the grounding screw
of outdoor unit to the grounding terminal on the distribution
panel. (Do not connect to another grounding wire.)
② In order to prevent malfunction of the earth leakage breaker
itself, confirm the conformity of high harmonic regulation.
4.Presumable cause
• Compressor anomaly
• Noise
* Insulation resistance of compressor
• Immediately after installation or when the unit has been left
for long period without power supply, the insulation
resistance may drop to a few M because of refrigerant
migrated in the compressor.
When the earth leakage breaker is activated at lower insulation
resistance, check the following points.
① 6 hours after power ON, check if the insulation resistance
recovers to normal.
When power ON, crankcase heater heat up compressor and
evaporates the refrigerant migrated in the compressor.
② Check if the earth leakage breaker is conformed to higher
harmonic regulation or not.
Since the unit has inverter, it is necessary to use components
conformed to high harmonic regulation in order to prevent
malfunction of earth leakage breaker.
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
94 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Indoor
–
–
Outdoor
–
–
Content
Excessive noise/vibration (1/3)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Does noise/
vibration occur during
or soon after stopping
operation of
air-conditioner?
2.Error detection method
Countermeasure
If excessive noise/vibration
persists when sufficient
time has elapsed after
stopping the unit, it is
considered that the airconditioner is not the
source.
NO
YES
Does
the installation
of indoor/outdoor unit have
looseness?
YES
YES
[Installation work]
Does the noise/vibration
occur not only from the
air-conditioner
but also from
entire building?
NO
Are pipes
touching the wall
and etc?
YES
NO
NO
Check the installed
condition carefully, and
correct the installed
position or insert rubber
cushions into the gap or
take other measure in order
to eliminate looseness.
Prevent the vibration from
transmitting to wall and etc
by fixing pipes on the wall
tightly or wrapping rubber
cushion around the pipe
which goes through the
hole in the wall or applying
other appropriate means.
Strength of ceiling
wall, floo , etc. may be
insufficient. Review the
installation place or apply
reinforcement to increase
the strength.
3. Condition of error displayed
[Units]
Does noise/vibration
occur when only the fan
is operating?
YES
Is fan or louver
touching other
components?
YES
Check for leaning of
installed unit or incorrect
mounting of fan, louver or
motor, and then specify the
contacting point and correct
it.
NO
When th eheat exchanger
or filter is clogged, clean
them.
In case that the unit is
installed at the site where
background noise is very
low, even the low level
noise from indoor unit like
as refrigerant flow noise
can be heard, but it is normal.
Before installation, check
for background noise. If
background noise is very
low, convince client prior
to installation.
NO
To next page
4.Presumable cause
① Improper installation work
・Improper vibration-proof
work at instllation
・Insufficient strength of
mounting surface
② Anomaly of product
・Before/after shipment from
factory
③ Improper adjustment during
commissioning
・Excessive/insufficient
refrigerant.
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
95 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Indoor
–
–
Outdoor
–
–
Content
Excessive noise/vibration (2/3)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
From previous page
Are the pipes
contacting with the
casing?
2.Error detection method
[Unit]
Does noise/vibration
occur when the cooling/
heating operation is
performing
normally?
YES
Rearrange the piping to
avoid contact with the
casing.
YES
NO
Is continuous
hissing or roaring sound
occurred?
YES
NO
NO
Noise/vibration is
generated when the
refrigerant gas or liquid
flows through inside of
piping of air-conditioner.
It is likely to occur
particularly during cooling
or defrosting in the heating
mode. It is normal.
To next page
Is hissing sounds
occurred at the startup or
stopping?
YES
NO
Is blowing
sound occurred at
the start/stop of defrost
operation during
heating mode?
3. Condition of error displayed
YES
NO
Is cracking noise
occurred during heating
operation?
YES
NO
4.Presumable cause
Is hissing
noise occurred
during cooling operation
or after operation
stopped?
NO
YES
The noise/vibration occurs
when the refrigerant starts
or stops flowing. It is
normal.
When the defrosting starts
or stops during heating
mode, the refrigerant
flow is reversed due to
switching 4-way valve.
This causes a large change
in pressure wich produces
a blowing sound. It may
also accompany the hissing
sound as mentioned above.
This is normal.
After the start or stop of
heating operation or during
defrosting, abrupt changes
in temperature cause resin
parts to shrink or expand.
This is normal.
It is the sound produced
by the drain pump that
discharges drain from
indoor unit.
The pump continues to run
for 5 minutes after stopping
the cooling operation.
This is normal.
Apply the damper sealant
at the place considered
to be the sources such
as the pressure reducing
mechanism (Expansion
valve, capillary tube, etc.)
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
96 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
All models
LED
Green
Red
Indoor
–
–
Outdoor
–
–
Content
Excessive noise/vibration (3/3)
5.Troubleshooting
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
From previous page
2.Error detection method
[Adjustment
during commissioning]
Does noise/vibration occur when the
cooling/heating operation is
performed under anomalous
condition?
YES
If insufficient cooling/
heating problem happens
due to anomalous operating
conditions at cooling
/heating, followings are
suspicious.
• Excessive charged
amount of refrigerant
• Insufficient charge
amount of refrigerant
• Intrusion of air, nitrogen,
etc.
In such case, it is necessary
to recover refrigerant,
vacuum-dry and recharge
refrigerant.
3. Condition of error displayed
* Since there could be
many causes of noise/
vibration, the above may
not cover all.
In such case, check the
conditions when, where,
how the noise/vibration
occurs according to
following check points and
ask our consultation
4.Presumable cause
• Indoor/outdoor unit
• Cooling/heating/fan
mode
• Startup/stop/during
operation
• Operating condition
(Indoor/outdoor
temperatures and
pressures)
• Time it occurred
• Operation data retained
by remote controller
or Mente PC such as
compressor rotation
speed, heat exchanger
temperature, EEV
opening degree and etc.
• Tone (If available, record
the noise)
• Any other anomalies
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
97 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Louver motor anomaly
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
-Check at the indoor unit side.
Operate after waiting for more than 1 minute.
Does the
louver operate when
power on?
NO
Is there
any disconnection
or breakage of LM
connector?
2.Error detection method
YES
Correct it
NO
YES
NO
Is LM harness
broken?
NO
Repair harness
Check connector (CNJ)
Replace Louver Motor
NO
Correct it
YES
Correct it
YES
Is LM locked?
YES
Does LM turn
smoothly?
NO
Is there
any problem on
the connection
link?
3. Condition of error displayed
Replace indoor control
PCB
NO
Is the
setting of airflow
direction change
prohibited?
NO
YES
Correct it
Check the remote controller whether
it is fixed free flow setting.
In cases of FDTW, FDTS and FDTQ
4.Presumable cause
It is normal if LM can
be stopped by pressing
LS two times.
Check how LS reacts
when the power is turned
OFF and ON again
NO
• Louver motor anomaly
• Disconnection/breakage of
LM harness
• Limit switch anomaly
Does the louver
link press LS till crick sound
can be heard?
NO
YES
Note (1) LM: Louver motor
(2) LS: Limit switch
Adjust LM lever and then
check again.
• LS anomalyReplace
• Indoor control PCB
anomalyReplace.
In cases of FDT, FDTC, FDE and FDK
Check the remote controller whether
it is fixed free flow setting or not.
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
98 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Power supply system anomaly
(Power supply to indoor unit PCB)
Indoor Stays Off Stays Off
Outdoor Stays Off 2 times flash
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Is
AC 220-240V/220V
detected between L-N on
the indoor terminal
block?
2.Error detection method
Countermeasure
NO
Is
AC 380/415V
for 3-phase unit detected
between L1, L2 and L3 on the
outdoor tarminal block
respectively?
YES
NO
YES
Note (1)
FDT and FDTC series: F200, F201
Other than FDT and FDTC: Fuse between wires
Outdoor Noise filter PCB
anomaly  Replace it
Wrong wiring or broken
wires between outdoor and
indoor units
(1)
Are fuses OK?
(2 pcs)
NO
(2)
Is power
supply between① - ③of
CNW0 OK?
NO
YES
Indoor power PCB
anomaly  Replace it
Note (2)
Remove
YES transformer for
other than FDT and
FDTC series (CNW1)
(3)
Is power
supply to FM, LM and etc.
OK?
3. Condition of error displayed
YES
NO
Other than FDT and FDT and FDTC series
FDTC series
(4)
NO
Note (4)
⑤
• Wrong connection or breakage
of connecting wires
• Blown fuse
• Transformer anomaly
• Indoor power PCB anomaly
• Broken harness
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
Indoor power PCB anomaly
 Replace it
for GND
YES
4.Presumable cause
Replace fuse
Note (3) LM: Louver motor
FM: Fan motor
Is
DC5V detected
between ④- ⑤ of
CNW2?
Is DC18V or higher
detected between RedRed (CNW2) at the
transformer secondary
side?
Replace FM, LM and etc.
NO
YES
Indoor control PCB
anomaly  Replace it
Replace transformer
Indoor control PCB
anomaly  Replace it
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
99 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: None
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Power supply system error
(Power supply to remote controller)
Indoor Stays Off Keeps lighting
Outdoor Stays Off Keeps lighting
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Isn't there any
loose connection of remote
controller wires?
YES
Correct it.
YES
Replace wires.
YES
Replace remote controller.
NO
2.Error detection method
Isn't remote
controller wire broken or
short-circuited?
NO
Disconnect the
remote controller
wires.
Is DC15V or higher
detected between X-Y
of indoor unit terminal
block?
3. Condition of error displayed
Other than
NO
FDT and
FDT and
FDTC Series
FDTC Series
Is
DC18V
detected between
①- ② of
CNW2?
YES
4.Presumable cause
• Remote controller wire
breakage/short-circuit
• Remote controller anomaly
• Malfunction by noise
• Indoor power PCB anomaly
• Broken harness
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
Is 23V
or higher detected
between Brown-Brown at the
transformer secondary
side?
NO
Indoor power PCB
anomaly
 Replace it.
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it.
NO
Replace transformer.
YES
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it.
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
100 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
LED
Error code
Remote controller:
7-segment display:
WAIT
1.Applicable model
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
(1)
Outdoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing
5.Troubleshooting
All models
(In case that
is kept
WAIT
on displaying on the remote
controller for more than 2
minutes after power ON)
WAIT
Diagnosis
WAIT is kept on
displaying on the remote
controller for more than 2
minutes after power ON
Countermeasure
Once turn OFF the breaker
and turn ON it again at 3
minute after power OFF
Does it become normal?
NO
2.Error detection method
Isn't
the power fuse (5A) on the
outdoor control PCB
blown?
YES
Replace fuse
Refer next page
NO
Is
AC380-415V detected at
the secondary side of
noise filter PCB terminal?
NO
Replace noise filter PCB
NO
Connect wires correctly
NO
Indoor control PCB anomaly
 Replace it
YES
Is
the connection of wire
between noise filter and
inverter PCBs OK?
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
Does
indoor green LED keep
flashing?
YES
Does
indoor green LED flash
2 times?
NO
YES
Are
the wires between indoor
and outdoor units
connected properly ?
NO
Correct the connecting wires
between indoor and outdoor
units
NO
Outdoor control PCB anomaly
 Replace it
NO
Breakage of connecting wire
Noise
YES
Indoor control PCB anomaly
 Replace it
YES
4.Presumable cause
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly
• Anomalous connection of
wire between PCBs
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Remote controller anomaly
• Breakage of connecting wires
of remote controller
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Is
AC380-415V detected
between L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1
respectively at outdoor
terminal block?
Indoor/outdoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
Remote controller anomaly
 Replace it
Breakage of wires for remote
controller
 Replace it
YES
Is
AC220-240V detected
between L-N at indoor
teminal block?
Note: (1) When anomaly occurs during establishing communication betweeen indoor and outdoor unit, error code E5 is displayed (outdoor red LED
flash 2-times)
In case of E5, the way of troubleshooting is same as above mentioned (except for checking of connecting wire)
When reset the power after E5 occurs, if this anomaly recurs, WAIT is displayed on remote controller. If power ON/OFF is repeated in
a short period (within 1 minute),
WAIT may be displayed. In such case, please wait for 3 minute after the power breaker OFF.
(2) If any error is detected 30 minutes after displaying“ WAIT ”on the remote controller, the display changes to“INSPECT I/U”
.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
101 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
LED
Error code
Remote controller:
7-segment display:
WAIT
1.Applicable model
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
WAIT
Outdoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing
(2)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
(In case of fuse blown, how
to check the unit before
replacement of fuse)
Isn't
there any short circuit
between phases of noise
filter?
YES
Replace noise filter
NO
2.Error detection method
Isn't
there any crack or damage
on power transistor
module or diode stack?
YES
Replace inverter PCB
NO
Isn't
there any anomaly on
reactor?
YES
Replace reactor
3. Condition of error displayed
NO
Replace fuse
4.Presumable cause
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly
• Anomalous connection of
wire between PCBs
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Remote controller anomaly
• Breakage of connecting wires
of remote controller
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
102 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
LED
Error code
Remote controller:
7-segment display:
WAIT
1.Applicable model
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
WAIT
Outdoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing
(3)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
(No display on the remote
controller after power ON)
No display on the remote
controller after power ON
2.Error detection method
Does
indoor green LED keep
flashing?
NO
Is
The fuse on indoor control
PCB OK?
NO
Fuse blown
 Replace fuse
YES
Is
AC18V or higher is
detected between RedRed at secondary side of
indoor transformer? (1)
YES
NO
Transformer anomaly
Note (1) except FDT
and FDTC
YES
Is
DC10-11V between
X-Y at indoor control PCB
side when removing
remote controller ?
NO
Remote controller wire
short-circuited
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
Remote controller anomaly
Does
outdoor red LED flash
2-times?
NO
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
Remote controller anomaly
Brakage of connecting
wires of remote controller
NO
Correct the connecting
wires properly
YES
Is
the connecting wires
between indoor and outdoor
units comnnected
properly?
YES
4.Presumable cause
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly
• Anomalous connection of
wire between PCBs
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Remote controller anomaly
• Breakage of connecting wires
of remote controller
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Is
AC380-415V detected
between L1-L2, L2-L3,
L3-L1 respectively at outdoor
terminal block?
NO
Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
YES
Is
AC220-240V detected
between L-N at indoor
teminal block?
NO
Breakage of connecting
wire Noise
YES
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
103 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
LED
Error code
Remote controller:
7-segment display:
WAIT
1.Applicable model
Green
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
WAIT
Outdoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing
(4)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
(In case that
is kept
WAIT
on displaying on the remote
controller for more than 2
minutes after power ON)
Red
Countermeasure
Diagnosis
is kept on
WAIT
displaying on the remote
controller for more than 2
minutes after power ON
To next page
A
2.Error detection method
Does
outdoor green LED keep
flashing?
NO
YES
Does
indoor green LED keep
flashing?
NO
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
NO
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
Remote controller anomaly
 Replace it
Breakage of wires for
remote controller
 Replace it
YES
Does
outdoor red LED flash
2 times?
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
Are
the wires between indoor
and outdoor units
connected properly ?
NO
Correct the connecting
wires between indoor and
outdoor units
YES
Is
AC380-415V detected
between L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1
respectively at outdoor
terminal block?
NO
Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
YES
Is
AC220-240V detected
between L-N at indoor
teminal block?
NO
4.Presumable cause
YES
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly
• Anomalous connection of
wire between PCBs
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Remote controller anomaly
• Breakage of connecting wires
of remote controller
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Breakage of connecting
wire
Noise
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
104 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
LED
Error code
Remote controller:
7-segment display:
WAIT
1.Applicable model
Green
Red
Indoor Stays OFF Stays Off
WAIT
Outdoor Stays OFF Stays Off
(5)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
(In case that LED on outdoor
control PCB stays OFF)
Content
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
In case that LED on
outdoor control PCB stays
OFF
From previous page
A
Once turn OFF the breaker
and turn ON it again at 3
minute after power OFF
2.Error detection method
Does it become normal?
NO
YES
Is
power fuse (5A) on the
outdoor conrol PCB
blown?
Normal
(Malfunction by temporary
noise)
NO
Check inverter before
replacement of 52C
YES
B
3. Condition of error displayed
Is
AC380-415V detected at
secondary side of noise
filter?
To next page
NO
Replace noise filte
NO
Connect the connecting
wire properly
YES
Are
connecting wires between
noise filter and inverter PCB
connected properly?
YES
4.Presumable cause
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly
• Anomalous connection of
wire between PCBs
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Remote controller anomaly
• Breakage of connecting wires
of remote controller
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Is
the connection of
connecting wire of reactor
OK?
NO
Correct connection
(In case of breakage of
wire replace it)
YES
Is
there any anomaly on
outdoor fan motor?
NO
YES
Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
Outdoor fan motor
anomaly
 Replace it
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
105 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
LED
Error code
Remote controller:
7-segment display:
WAIT
1.Applicable model
Green
Red
WAIT
Outdoor Stays Off Stays Off
(6)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
(In case of fuse blown, how
to check the unit before
replacement of fuse)
Content
Indoor Stays Off Stays Off
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
From previous page
B
Isn't
there any short circuit
between phases of noise
filter?
2.Error detection method
YES
Replace Noise filter
NO
Isn't
there any short circuit
between phases at input
terminal of inverter
PCB?
YES
NO
Isn't
there any crack or damage
on power transistor module
or diode stack?
YES
Replace inverter PCB
NO
3. Condition of error displayed
Isn't
there any anomaly on
reactor?
Replace reactor
NO
Isn't
there any anomaly on
electrolytic capacitor?
4.Presumable cause
YES
Replace electrolytic
capacitor
NO
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly
• Anomalous connection of
wire between PCBs
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Remote controller anomaly
• Breakage of connecting wires
of remote controller
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
YES
Replace power fuse
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
106 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller:〔No display〕
7-segment display:
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
[No display]
Outdoor Stays OFF Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
All models
(No display on the remote
controller after power ON)
Content
Indoor Stays OFF Stays Off
Diagnosis
No display on the remote
controller after power ON
Is DC10V
or higher between X-Y
detected at remote
controller terminal?
2.Error detection method
Countermeasure
NO
Remote controller anomaly
NO
Remote controller anomaly
NO
Correct connecting wire
YES
Is DC10V
or higher between X-Y
wires detected when
removing remote
controller?
YES
Are
connecting wires between
indoor and outdoor units
connected properly?
3. Condition of error displayed
YES
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
4.Presumable cause
• Fuse blown
• Noise filter anomaly
• Anomalous connection of
wire between PCBs
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Remote controller anomaly
• Breakage of connecting wires
of remote controller
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
107 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E1
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Remote controller
communication error
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
(2)
Is it possible to
reset normally by the power
supply reset?
Countermeasure
Malfunction by temporary
noise.
Check peripheral
environment
YES
NO
2.Error detection method
When normal communication
between remote controller and
indoor unit is interrupted for
more than 2 minutes (Detectable
only with the remote controller)
(1)
Note (1) SW7-1: OFF

ON
Turn SW7-1 OFF.ON
Disconnect the wire ③
between indoor and outdoor
units
Reset power supply
Does
the drain pump start
automatically at one
minutes after power
ON?
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
YES
NO
3. Condition of error displayed
Note (2) Does the remote controller displays “Internal check ON” even
after 3 minutes?
Remote controller
anomaly
 Replace it
Same as above
4.Presumable cause
• Anomalous communication
circuit between remote
controller and indoor unit
• Noise
Note: If the indoor unit cannot communicate normally with the remote controller for 180 seconds, the indoor unit PCB starts to
reset automatically.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
108 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E2
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing
Duplicated indoor unit address
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Is the number of
connected indoor units up
to 128 units?
Countermeasure
Review number of
connected units.
NO
2.Error detection method
YES
More than 129 indoor units are
connected in the same superlink
system.
Duplicated indoor unit address
Is the different
address No. assigned to each
indoor unit?
NO
Correct indoor unit address
setting.
YES
Reset the power supply and restart.
Caution:
Unless the power
supply is reset,
addresses will not
be confirmed.
3. Condition of error displayed
Is E2 displayed?
NO
Implement test run.
YES
Replace indoor control
PCB. *
Same as above
* Before replacement,
confirm whether the
rotary switch for address
setting is not damaged. (It
was experienced that No.
5 on rotary switch was
not recognized.)
4.Presumable cause
• Number of connected indoor
units exceeds the limitation.
• Duplicated indoor unit address
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
109 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E3/5
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing 2 times flash
Outdoor unit signal line error
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
E3 is a communication error that occurs when communication between
indoor and outdoor units is not established at all. Once the communication
between indoor and outdoor units is established, it changes to E5.
In both cases, check signal wires (between indoor outdoor units) locally
Reset the power supply and restart.
NO
Temporary malfunction by
noise.
Identify the source of noise
and correct it.
YES
Change to spare circuit.
NO
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
NO
Correct it.
NO
Correct it.
NO
Correct it.
YES
Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
2.Error detection method
Does E3/E5 occurs?
No outdoor unit exists in the
same superlink system.
YES
Is protective
fuse for the super link
circuit blown?
NO
Is the LED
on indoor control
PCB OK?
3. Condition of error displayed
Same as above
YES
Is the power
supply to outdoor
unit OK?
YES
Is the
outdoor unit address
set on the indoor unit
OK?
4.Presumable cause
• Power is not supplied to the
outdoor unit
• Unmatch of pairing between
indoor and outdoor units
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
• Missing local wiring
YES
signal wires (between
indoor ～ outdoor units)
connection OK?
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
110 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E5
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing *See below
Communication error during operation
Outdoor Keeps flashing 2 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
* In case that indoor red LED flashes 2 times
Note (1) Check the connection (disconnection, looseness)
of signal wires at outdoor terminal block
Is the
connection of signal wires
at the outdoor unit side
OK?
2.Error detection method
When the communication
between indoor and outdoor
units is interupted for more than
2 minutes
Repair signal wires.
NO
YES
Note (2) Check the connection (disconnection, looseness,
brakage) of signal wires (between indoor and
Is the
outdoor units)
connection of signal wires
NO
(between indoor and outdoor units)
OK?
Repair signal wires.
YES
Reset the power supply and restart.
Does the
remote controller LCD
becomes normal?
NO
Go to the diagnosis of
(1)
WAIT
YES
Unit is normal.
(Malfunction by temporary
noise, etc.)
3. Condition of error displayed
* In case that indoor red LED stays OFF
When this anomaly is detected
during operation.
Reset the power supply and restart.
Does
the remote controller LCD
becomes normal?
NO
YES
Outdoor control PCB anomaly
(Network communicaion
circuit anomaly)
Replace it
Unit is normal.
(Malfunction by temporary
noise, etc.)
4.Presumable cause
• Unit address No. setting error
• Remote controller wires broken
• Poor connection/disconnection
of remote controller wires
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
Note: When the pump down switch is turned on, communication between indoor and outdoor units is cancelled so that
"Communication error E5" will be displayed on the remote controller and indoor control PCB, but this is normal.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
111 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
LED
Green
Indoor heat exchanger
temperature thermistor anomaly (Thi-R)
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Remote controller: E6
7-segment display: -
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
1. Applicable model
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Is
the connector of
thermistor connected
properly ?
NO
Insert the connector
securely
YES
2. Error detection method
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance)
of Thi-R1, R2, R3
Regarding the characteristics of
the thermistor, see the following chart
Are
the characteristics
of thermistor OK?
*1
NO
Replace thermistor
(Thi-R)
YES
Replace indoor control
PCB
*1 Check several times to prove any poor connection
3. Condition of error displayed
Temperature-resistance characreristics of indoor heat
exchanger temperature thermistor (Thi-R1, R2, R3)
Ω
• If -50ºC or lower is
detected for 5 seconds
continuously, compressor
stops. After 3-minute delay,
the compressor is restarted
automatically, but if this
anomaly occurs again within
60 minutes after the initial
detection.
• Or if 70ºC or higher is
detected for 5 seconds
continuously.
4. Presumable cause
Ω
Te
• Anomalous connecion
of indoor heat exchanger
temperature thermistor
• Indoor heat exchanger
temperature thermistor
anomaly
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
Temperature (ºC)
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
112 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E7
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Content
Indoor return air
temperature thermistor anomaly (Thi-A)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Is
the connector of
thermistor connected
properly ?
NO
Insert the connector
securely
YES
Regarding the characteristics of
the thermistor, see the following chart
2.Error detection method
Are
the characteristics
of thermistor OK?
*1
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance) of
Thi-A
NO
Replace thermistor
(Thi-A)
YES
Replace indoor control
PCB
*1 Check several times to prove any poor connection
3. Condition of error displayed
4.Presumable cause
• Anomalous connection of
indoor return air temperature
thermistor
• Indoor return air temperature
thermistor anomaly
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
Temperature-resistance characreristics of indoor
return air temperature thermistor (Thi-A)
Temperature thermistor resistance (kΩ)
• If -50°C or lower is
detected for 5 seconds
continuously, compressor
stops. After 3-minutes delay
the compressor is restarted
automatically, but if this
anomaly occurs again within
60 minutes after the initial
detection.
• Or if 48°C or higher is
detected for 5 seconds
continuously.
15
10
5
0
10
20
30
40
50
Temperature (°C)
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
113 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E9
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Drain trouble
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
FDT, FDTC, FDTW, FDTQ,
FDTS, FDR, FDU, FDUM, and
FDQS series
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check the error data in the remote controller.
Is there any overflow?
NO
Is DC
12V detected at CN1
connector?
2.Error detection method
Float switch is activated
YES
NO
YES
Check float switch.
Is the
CN1 connected
firmly
NO
Check the connection of
CNI
If it is loose, connect it
securely
NO
Replace indoor control
PCB.
YES
Check optional equipment
YES
NO
Is the humidifier connected?
Is there any
anomaly on the optional
equipment?
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
If the float switch OPEN
is detected for 3 seconds
continuously or if float switch
connector is disconnected or
wire broken.
Is the
humidifier Drain
Motor interlocked by the indoor unit
function setting of remote
controller?
Correct setting to
"Humidifier drain motor
interlock"
NO
YES
Drain motor ON from the remote controller
Does the
drain motor
operate?
NO
Is
AC220/240V
detected at
CNR?
NO
YES
YES
4.Presumable cause
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Mistake in setting of float
switch
• Mistake in setting of
humidifier drain motor
interlock
• Mistake in setting of optional
equipment
• Mistake in drain piping
• Drain motor anomaly
• Disconnection/breakage of
drain motor wires
Is the
drain piping unclogged?
Is the drain pipe
slop OK?
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
 Replace it
Check the wiring of drain
motor
NO
Correct it.
YES
Check drain motor
Note: When this anomaly occurs at power ON, disconnection of connector or breakage of wire of float switch is suspected.
Check and correct it (or replace it, if necessary).
-
AMP Air Conditioning
114 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E10
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Content
Excessive number of indoor units (moe than 17 units)
by controlling one remoto controller
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Aren't more
than 17 indoor units
connected to one remote
controller?
2.Error detection method
Countermeasure
NO
Remote controller anomaly
 Replace it.
YES
Reduce to 16 or less units.
When it detects more than 17 of
indoor units connected to one
remote contorller
3. Condition of error displayed
Same as above
4.Presumable cause
• Excessive number of indoor
units connected.
• Remote controller anomaly.
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
115 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E12
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Keeps flashing
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Address setting error
by mixed setting method
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Isn't the
automatic setting and
manual setting mixed in the address
setting method for indoor
units?
YES
Review address setting.
2.Error detection method
Automatic address setting and
manual adress setting are mixed
when setting adress of indoor
units
Replace indoor control
PCB.
NO
Address setting method list (Figures in [ ] are for Previous superlink models)
Models for new superlink protocol
Models for Previous superlink protocol
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit address setting
address setting
address setting
Indoor unit No. SW Outdoor unit No. SW Outdoor unit No. SW Indoor unit No. SW Outdoor unit No. SW Outdoor unit No. SW
(New SL) 000-127
00-31
00-31
00-47
00-47
00-47
(Previous SL)
[00-47]
[00-47]
[00-47]
(New SL)
000
49
49
49
49
49
(Previous SL)
(New SL)
000
49
00-31
Not available
(Previous SL)
Not available
Indoor unit address setting
Manual address setting
Automatic address setting
for single refrgerant system
Automatic address setting
for multiple refrgerant systems
3. Condition of error displayed
Same as above
4.Presumable cause
Mistake in address setting for
indoor unit
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
116 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E16
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Indoor fan motor anomaly
(FDT series)
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
FDT series only
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Does any
foreign matter intervene
in rotational area of fan
propeller?
YES
Remove foreign matter.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
NO
2.Error detection method
Does the fan
rotate smoothly when turned
by hand?
Detected by revolution speed of
indoor fan motor
YES
Note (1)④ is GND
(1)
Is DC280V
detected between ① - ④ of
fan motor connector
CNM?
YES
NO
NO
Is the fuse F202 blown?
Reset the power supply and restart.
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
When actual revolution speed of
indoor fan motor drops to lower
than 200min-1 for 30 seconds
continuously, the compressor
and the indoor fan motor stop.
After 2-seconds delay, fan
motor starts again automatically,
but if this anomaly occurs 4
times within 60 minutes after
the initial detection.
NO
Does it become normal?
YES
Check power supply
voltage.
Replace fan motor and
power PCB.
Replace fan motor. (If
the anomaly persists after
replacing the fan motor,
replace the indoor control
PCB.)
Malfunction by temporary
noise
4.Presumable cause
• Indoor fan motor anomaly
• Foreign matter at rotational
area of fan propeller
• Fan motor anomaly
• Dust on control PCB
• Blown fuse
• External noise, surge
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
117 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E16
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Indoor fan motor anomaly
(FDK series)
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
FDK series only
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Does any
foreign matter intervene
in rotational area of fan
impeller?
YES
Remove foreign matter.
NO
2.Error detection method
Does the fan
rotate smoothly when
turned by hand?
NO
Replace fan motor.
Detected by revolution speed of
indoor fan motor
YES
Note (1)
③
for GND
(1)
Is DC280V
detected between ① - ③ of fan motor
connector CNM?
NO
Replace fan motor and
power PCB
YES
Reset the power supply and restart.
3. Condition of error displayed
When actual revolution speed of
indoor fan motor drops to lower
than 200min-1 for 30 seconds
continuously, the compressor
and the indoor fan motor stop.
After 3-seconds delay, fan motor
starts again automatically, but
if this anomaly occurs 4 times
within 60 minutes after the
initial detection.
Does is become normal?
NO
YES
Replace fan motor. (If
this anomaly persists after
replacing the fan motor,
replace indoor control
PCB.)
Malfunction by temporary
noise
4.Presumable cause
• Indoor fan motor anomaly
• Foreign matter at rotational
area of fan impeller
• Fan motor anomaly
• Dust on control PCB
• Blown fuse
• External noise, surge
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
118 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E18
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Address setting
setting error
error of
of
Address
master and
and slave
slave indoor
indoor units
units
master
5. Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Is the address
setting for the master indoor
unit correct?
Countermeasure
NO
Correct the address setting of
the master indoor unit
NO
Supply the power to the master
indoor unit
NO
Connect the superlink signal
wires correctly㪅㩷
YES
2. Error detection method
(1) When the address setting for
the master indoor unit is not
existing in the same superlink
system.
(2) When the address setting for
the slave indoor unit is set for
the master indoor unit
redundantly.
Is the power
surely supplied to the master
indoor unit ?
YES
Are the superlink
signal wires connected between
master and slave
indoor units?
YES
3. Condition of Error displayed
Same as above
NO
Indoor control PCB anomaly
→ Replace it
(Firstly replace PCB on the
slave indoor unit. If it is not
recovered, replace PCB on
the master indoor unit as well.)
4. Presumable cause
࡮Address setting error of the
master indoor unit
࡮No power supply to the master
indoor unit
࡮No connection of superlink
signal wires between master
and slave indoor unit.
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
119 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E19
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor unit operation check,
drain motor check mode anomaly
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
E19 occurs when the
power ON
2. Error detection method
E19 occurs
Is SW7-1
on the indoor control
PCB ON?
YES
NO
Indoor control PCB
anomaly
(Anomalous SW7)
 Replace
Turn SW7-1 on the indoor
control PCB OFF and reset
the power
3. Condition of error displayed
Same as above
4. Presumable cause
Mistake in SW7-1 setting
Due to forgetting to turn OFF
SW7-1 after indoor operation
check)
Note: Indoor operation check/drain pump check mode
If the power is ON after SW7-1ON. indoor operation check/drain pump check mode can be established.
1) When the communication between remote controller and indoor PCB is established 15 seconds after power ON, it
goes to indoor operation check.
2) When the communication between remote controller and indoor PCB is not established, it goes to drain pump check
(CnB connector should be open before power ON)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
120 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E20
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Indoor fan motor
rotation speed anomaly
(In case of FDT,FDTC,FDFW and FDK series)
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
FDT,FDTC,FDFW and FDK
series only
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Does any
foreign matter intervene
in rotational area of fan
propeller?
Remove foreign material.
YES
NO
2. Error detection method
Detected by rotation speed of
indoor fan motor
Does the fan
rotate smoothly when turned
by hand?
Replace the fan motor.
NO
YES
Note (1) ③,④ for GND
(2) Valve in ( ) are for the model
FDFW and FDK
(1) (2)
Is DC280V
FDK,
FDFW series
detected between①-④(①-③) of
NO
fan motor connector
CNM?
FDTC, FDT series
YES
NO
Is the fuse F202 blown?
Reset the power supply and restart.
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
When the actual fan rotation
speed does not reach to the
speed of [required speed
─50min−1] after 2 minutes have
been elapsed since the fan
motor rotation speed command
was output, the unit stops by
detecting indoor fan motor
anomaly.
NO
Does it become normal?
YES
Replace fan motor and
power PCB.
Check power supply
voltage.
Replace fan motor and
power PCB.
Replace fan motor. (If the
anomaly persists after
replacing the fan motor,
replace the indoor control
PCB.)
Malfunction by temporary
noise
4. Presumable cause
• Indoor fan motor anomaly
• Foreign matter at rotational
area of fan propeller
• Fan motor anomaly
• Dust on control PCB
• Blown fuse
• External noise, surge
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
121 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E21
LED
Green
Red
Content
Defective panel switch
operation (FDT)
Indoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays OFF
1.Applicable model
5. Troubleshooting
FDT series only
Diagnosis
Is grill opened?
Countermeasure
YES
Reset the error and close
the grill.
YES
Insufficient push on the
panel switch at the internal
face of grill
➞Attach 3 mm thick
rubber sheet at the section
where the panel switch
touches the inside of grill.
Close then the grill.
NO
2. Error detection method
Panel switch (PS) has detected
Open for more than 1 second.
Does
matter improve if panel
switch is turned ON forcibly
after resetting
error?
NO
Are connectors at right
inserted properly?
<Forced panel switch ON>
Put the switch in the state of
ON by fixing the silicone
section of panel switch with
adhesive tape while it is held
down.
NO
<Connectors on PCBs>
Indoor control PCB: CNV
Disconnected, poorly
connected connectors
➞Reinsert properly.
→To CNY1
YES
Panel switch
3. Condition of Error displayed
Same as above
Is there
continuity between
#1 – #4 of CNV on indoor control PCB
when panel switch operation
is checked?
Silicone guide
Push to turn ON.
NO
・Defective panel switch
or incorrect panel switch
wiring ➞ Replace panel
switch.
・Broken wire between
panel PCB (CNV) ➞
Correct or replace wire.
YES
Defective indoor control
PCB
➞ Replace indoor control
PCB.
4. Presumable cause
•Defective panel switch
•Disconnection of wiring
•Defective indoor control PCB
Note:
-121-1 -
AMP Air Conditioning
#
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E28
7-segment display: -
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Content
Remote controller
temperature thermistor anomaly (Thc)
5.Troubleshooting
All models
Diagnosis
Is
the connector of
thermistor connected
properly ?
YES
2. Error detection method
Insert the connector
securely
NO
Regarding the characteristics of the thermistor,
see the following table
Are
the characteristics
of thermistor OK?
Is the thermistor wire
OK *1
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance)
of Thc
Countermeasure
NO
Replace thermistor
(Thc)
YES
Replace indoor control
PCB
*1 Check several times to prove any poor connection
Temperature-resistance characreristics of remote
controller temperature thermistor (Thc)
Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ) Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ) Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ) Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ)
3. Condition of error displayed
• If -50ºC or lower is detected
for 5 seconds continuously,
compressor stops. After
3-minutes delay, the
compressor is restarted
automatically, biut if this
anomaly occurs again within
60 minutes after the initial
detection.
0
1
2
4
6
8
10
12
65
62
59
53
48
44
40
36
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
33
30
27
25
23
21
19
18
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
16
15
14
13
12
11
9.9
9.2
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
8.5
7.8
7.3
6.7
6.3
5.8
5.4
5.0
4. Presumable cause
• Anomalous connection of
remote controller temperature
thermistor
• Remote controller temperature
thermistor anomaly
• Remote controller PCB
anomaly
Note: After 10 seconds has elapsed since remote controller temperature thermistor was switched from invalid to valid, E28 will not be displayed
even if the thermistor harness is disconnected or broken. However, in such case, the indoor return air temperature thermistor (Thi-A) will
be valid instantly instead of the remote controller temperature thermistor (Thc).
Please note that even though the remote controller temperature thermistor (Thc) is valid, the displayed return air temperature on the
remote controller LCD shows the value detected by the indoor return air temperature thermistor (Thi-A), not by the remote controller
temperature thermistor (Thc).
-
AMP Air Conditioning
122 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E30
7-segment display: E30
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Unmatch connection of
indoor and outdoor unit
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Is the
wiring connection between
indoor and outdoor units
correctly?
Countermeasure
NO
Correct the wiring
NO
Replace outdoor control
PCB
NO
Disconnection or breakage
of wire between indoor and
outdoor unit
2. Error detection method
YES
Is the voltage
between L1-L2, L2-L3
and L3-L1 at the terminal brock on
outdoor unit AC380/415V
respectively?
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
Is
the voltage
between L1-N at the terminal
block on indoor unit
AC220/240V?
YES
Replace indoor unit PCB
4. Presumable cause
• Indoor control PCB anomaly
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
123 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
LED
Error code
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Remote controller: E31
7-segment display: E31
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Duplicated outdoor unit address No.
5.Troubleshooting
1.Applicable model
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating condition.
Check the conditions
whether it occurs
immediately after the power
on or during operation.
Check the current address
Nos. of outdoor units.
Save data for 30 minutes before
stopping in Mente PC
2. Error detection method
Reset the power supply
and restart operation.
When the microcomputer of
outdoor control PCB recognizes
the dupplicated address No. by
scanning all adresses of outdoor
units in the same superlink
system.
Does E31 recur?
Caution:
Unless the power is reset after changing
address, the set address will not be
confirmed
NO
Test run
*No action is taken because
it is judged that the power
reset is not done after
changing address
YES
Correct address.
NO
Replace outdoor control
PCB. *
YES
Check outdoor address No.
in the same superlink system
Does the same
address No. exist?
3. Condition of error displayed
When duplicated outdoor unit
address No. exists in the same
superlink system.
* Before replacement,
please confirm whether
the rotary switch for
address setting is not
damaged.
(It was experienced that
No. 5 on rotary switch
was not recognized.)
4. Presumable cause
• Mistake in the address setting
of outdoor units
• More than 129 indoor units
connected
Maximum number can be set
by address switch is 128 units
• No setting of Master/Slave
setting switch for combination
use
[
]
Note: After taken above measure, reset the power and confirm no error is displayed occurs
Unless the power is reset after changing address, the set address will not be confirmed
In case of combination use, set the same address to both master and slave units. Distinction of master or slave unit is done by
setting SW4-7. (Refer the instruction manual and technical manual for details)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
124 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E32
7-segment display: E32
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Open L3 Phase on
power supply at primary side
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating condition.
Check the conditions
whether it occurs
immediately after the
power on or during
operation or stopping.
(It will be useful to
persuade the customer why
an improvement of power
supply is required by
showing these data)
Save data for 30 minutes before
stopping in Mente PC
2. Error detection method
By Checking the power supply
voltage at primary side of the
outdoor control PCB
(Check only L3 phase)
Is the power
supply voltage (between phases) at
the primary side OK?
NO
Check it, as much as
possible, under the
operating conditions for
30 minutes before error
occurred.
YES
Reset the power supply
and restart operation.
Does E32 recur?
Propose an improvement to
the customer.
YES
Replace outdoor control
PCB.
NO
Wait and see without taking
any action.
3. Condition of error displayed
When the power supply voltage
between L1-L3 or L2-L3
becomes 0V and/or the current
of L3 decrease to 0A
4. Presumable cause
• Anomalous power supply at
primary side
• Outdoor control PCB
anomaly.
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
125 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E36
7-segment display: E36-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Discharge pipe temperature
error (Tho-D1)
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating condition
Check the ROM version
Confir ation of SV1 operation
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Is the unit
installation environment
within the range of
limitation?
NO
Propose an improvement to
the customer.
YES
2. Error detection method
When anomalously high
temperature is detected by the
discharge pipe temperature
thermistor (Tho-D1)
Are the
refrigerant amount and
piping length
OK?
NO
YES
Is the
insertion of the
thermistor connector into the
connector on outdoor
control PCB
OK?
NO
Insert connector securely.
NO
Check if the characteristics
are correct by referring
the characteristics chart
of E39. And if necessary,
replace the discharge pipe
temperature thermistor.
YES
Is the
discharge pipe
temperature thermistor
OK?
3. Condition of error displayed
When 130°C or higher is
detected by the discharge
temperature thermistor, the
compressor stops. After 3
minutesdelay, the compressor
starts again automatically, but
if this anomaly occurs 2 times
within 60 minutes after the
initial detection, or 130°C or
higher is detected continuously
for 60 minutes.
4. Presumable cause
• Discharge pipe temperature
anomaly
• SV1 (liquid refrigerant
by-pass valve ) anomaly
• Beakage of coil
• Faulty main body.
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
• Insufficient amount of
refrigerant
• Insufficient airflow volume
• Short-circuit of airflow
YES
Check it, as much as
possible, under the
operating conditions for
30 minutes before error
occurred.
Reset the power supply and restart operation.
Is the error recur
when restarting?
NO
YES
Is there
AC200V of output
signal for SV1 from
outdoor control
PCB?
Adjust the refrigerant
amount poperly
(Check whether the
refrigerant amount is
insufficient or not.
(Check the gas leakage)
Wait and see.
Continue to obtain data, if
possible.
(Keep connecting the
Mente PC)
NO
Replace outdoor control
PCB
NO
Replace the coil SV1
YES
Is the coil of
SV1 energized?
YES
Does the
refrigerant flow through
SV1 main body
?
YES
NO
Replace the SV1 main body
(If there is no refrigerant
in liquid line, charge
refrigerant additionall)
Check refrigerant amount
again.
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
126 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E36
7-segment display: E36-3
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Liqiud flooding anomal
Outdoor Keeps flashing 3 times flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor units
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating condition
Check the ROM version
Comfirmation of SV1 operatio
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Are there
any wrong connection of
refrigerant piping and/or signal wiring ?
. Check the numbers of connected indoor units
recognized by outdoor unit in comparison
with those numbers in
utility drawing
YES
Correct the connection of
refrigerant piping and/or
signal wiring properly
YES
Adjust refrigerant amount
properly
NO
2. Error detection method
When 5ºC or lower of the
under-dome temperature
superheat is detected for 15
minutes continuously or for 30
minutes continuously.
3. Condition of error displayed
When above anomaly is
detected 3 times within 90
minutes.
Are there any
excessive refrigerant charged at site?
. Check the calculation result of additional
refrigerant charging amount and the
record of additional refrigerant
charged amount
NO
Are there any
leakage of refrigerant through
valve sheet of SV1?
. Check the temperature difference between
before and after SV1
YES
NO
Are there any
fault in subcooling coil circuit ?
. Check whether the EEVSC is kept open
. Check whether the thermistor of Tho-H is
inserted in the thermistor holder properly
(at cooling mode)
. Check whether the characteristics
of Tho-H and PSL
is OK
YES
NO
4. Presumable cause
• Unmatching of refrigerant
piping and/or signal wiring
• Overcharging of refrigerant
• Anomalous control of
superheat
• Anomalous circuit of liquid
refrigerant by-pass
• Anomalous refrigerant circuit
of subcool coil
• Under-dome temperature
(Tho-D1) anomaly
Replace SV1
Replace the coil of SV1
Is the
superheat control of
indoor unit OK at cooling mode?
. Check whether the indoor EEV is kept open or not
. Check whether Thi-R1, R2 are installed at proper
position or the characteristics of them are OK
. Check whether the air filter is clogged
. Check whether the indoor
fan rotates
NO
YES
Is the
superheat control of
outdoor unit OK at heating mode?
. Check whether EEVH1 is kept open or not
. Check whether Tho-R1, R2 are installed at proper
position or the characteristics of them is OK
. Check whether the characteristics of PSL are OK
. Check whether the fin of outdoor heat exchanger
is clogged with snow, ice or dust
. Check whether the outdoor
fan rotates
NO
YES
Is the characteristics of Tho-C1 OK ?
• Replace EEVSC
• Check the coil of EEVSC
 Replace the coil of EEVSC
• Replace Tho-H
• Replace PSL
• Replace indoor EEV
• Check the coil of EEV
 Replace the coil of EEV
• Check the installed position
of Thi-R1, R2, R3
 Replace Thi-R, if necessary
• Check the air filter
• Check the connection of indoor
fan motor connector
 Replace indoor fan motor
* By checking Thi-R1, R2, R3
from indoor unit operation data
of Mente PC, specify the indoor
unit which tends .to be liquid
flooding (Thi-R3=.Thi-R2 shows
the probability of liquid flooding)
• Replace EEVH1
• Check the coil of EEVH1
 Replace the coil of EEVH1
• Check the installed position of
Tho-R1, R2, R3
 Replace Tho-R, if necessary
• Clean the fin of outdoor heat
exchanger
• Check the connection of
outdoor fan motor connector
 Replace outdoor fan motor
NO
• Replace Tho-C1
YES
Correct the data with Mente PC
and ask our consultation
Note:If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
127 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E37
7-segment display: E37-1, 2, 5, 6*1
LED
Green
Red
Outdoor Keeps flashing
Outdoor heat exchanger
temperature termistor (Tho-R) and subcooling coil
temperature thermistor (Tho-SC,-H) anomaly
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
*1
*1 E37-1: one time flash (Tho-R1), E37-2: 2 time flash (Tho-R2), E37-5: 5 time flash (Tho-SC), E37-6: 6 time flash (Tho-H)
1.Applicable model
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Check the conditions whether
it occurs immediately after the
power on or during operation
or stopping.
Check the sensed value.
Compare the temperature
on Mente PC with actual
measured value
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
2. Error detection method
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance)
of Tho-R or Tho-SC or Tho-H
Is the
connector of
thermistor connected
properly?
NO
Insert the connector
securely
NO
Replace Thermistor
(Tho-SC, Tho-H, Tho-R)
YES
Replace outdoor control
PCB
YES
Are the
characteristics of
thermistor
OK?*2
*2
Check several times to prove any poor connection
3. Condition of error displayed
4. Presumable cause
• Broken thermistor harness or
the internal wire of sensing
section (Check the molded
section as well)
• Disconnection of thermistor
harness connection
(connector)
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Temperature thermistor resistance (kΩ)
• If -50°C or lower is detected for 5
seconds continuously within 2-minutes to
2-minutes 20-seconds after the compressor
ON, the compressor stops.And after
3-minutes delay, the compressor starts
again automatically, but if this anomalous
temperature is detected 3 times within 40
minutes after the initial detection.
• If -50°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds
continuously within 20 seconds after power ON
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature thermistor (Tho-R1, R2, R5, R6)
Sub-cooling coil thermistor (Tho-SC,Tho-H)
Temperature-resistance characteristics
Temperature (°C)
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
128 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E38
7-segment display: E38
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Outdoor air temperature
thermistor anomaly (Tho-A)
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating condition.
Check the conditions whether
it occurs immediately after the
power on or during operation
or stopping.
Check the sensed value.
Compare the temperature
on Mente PC with actual
measured value.
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
2. Error detection method
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance) of
Tho-A
Is the
connector of
thermistor connected
properly?
Insert the connector
securely
NO
YES
Are the
characteristics of
thermistor
OK?*1
Replace thermistor
(Tho-A).
NO
Replace outdoor control
PCB.
YES
*1
Check several times to prove any poor connection
100
• If -30°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds
continuously within 2-minutes to 2-minutes
20-seconds after the compressor ON, the
compressor stops. And after 3-minutes delay,
the compressor starts again automatically, but if
this anomalous temperature is detected 3 times
within 40 minutes after the initial detection.
• If -30°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds
continuously within 20 seconds after power ON.
4. Presumable cause
Temperature thermistor resistance (kΩ)
3. Condition of error displayed
Temperature-resistance characteristics of
Outdoor air temperature thermistor (Tho-A)
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-20
-10
• Broken thermistor harness or
the internal wire of sensing
section (Check the molded
section as well)
• Disconnection of thermistor
harness connection
(connector)
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
0
10
20
30
Temperature (°C)
40
50
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
129 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E39
7-segment display: E39-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Discharge pipe temperature
thermistor anomaly (Tho-D1)
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
2.Error detection method
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance) of
Tho-D1
Is the
connector of
thermistor connected
properly?
Check and save the data of
operating condition.
Check the conditions whether
it occurs immediately after the
power on or during operation
or stopping.
Check the sensed value.
Compare the temperature
on Mente PC with actual
measured value.
Insert the connector securely
NO
YES
Are the
characteristics of
thermistor
OK? *3
NO
Replace thermistor
(Tho-D1).
Replace outdoor control
PCB.
YES
*3
Check several times to prove any poor connection
Temperature-resistance characteristics of discharge
pipe temperature thermistor (Tho-D1)
• If 3°C or lower is detected for
5 seconds continuously within
10-minutes to 10-minutes
20-seconds after the compressor
ON, the compressor stops. And after
3-minutes delay, the compressor
starts again automatically, but if this
anomalous temperature is detected
3 times within 40 minutes after the
initial detection.
Temperature thermistor
resistance (k )
3. Condition of error displayed
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Temperature (°C)
4.Presumable cause
• Broken thermistor harness or
the internal wire of sensing
section (Check the molded
section as well)
• Disconnection of thermistor
harness connection
(connector)
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
130 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E40
7-segment display: E40
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
High pressure anomaly
(63H1-1activated)
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating condition
Check the sensed value of
high pressure sensor when the
63H1-1 is activated
Check whether the high
pressure switch is activated
at the sensed value of high
pressure sensor.
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Was 63H1
activated at 4.15MPa
or higher?
NO
2.Error detection method
YES
Does the sensed
value of the high pressure
sensor show 4.15MPa?
(Normal?)
When high pressure switch
63H1-1 is activated
NO
YES
Are the
63H1-1 OK?
Are the connector and/or
harnesse
OK?
YES
Are the
service valves fully
open?
3. Condition of error displayed
• If high pressure exceeds
4.15MPa
• If 63H1-1 is activated 5 times
within 60 minutes
• If 63H1-1 is activated for 60
minutes continuously
NO
If the connector is
disconnected or the harness
is broken, correct it.
Also check whether the
high pressure switch is
properly
mounted or not
Open operation valve.
Check it, as much as
possible, under the
operating conditions for
30 minutes before error
occurred.
YES
Connect a pressure gauge and
restart operation.
Is it
stop at 4.15MPa of gauge
pressre ?
NO
High pressure sensor
anomaly is suspicious.
Check high pressure sensor
itself according to the
troubleshooting procedure of
E54, after retarting operation.
(If the high pressure sensor
[PSH] fails, replace it)
NO
Replace outdoor control
PCB.
YES
Remove clogs.
YES
Is there any
clogging in the refrigerant
circuit ?
4.Presumable cause
NO
Check items (condenser
side):
• Filter clogging
• Airflow volume (Fan
motor)
• Short-circuit of airflow
• Short-circuit of airflow
at condenser side of heat
exchanger/Disturbance of
airflow/Clogging filter/Fan
motor anomaly
• Disconnection of high
pressure switch connector
• Breakage of high pressure
switch harness
• Closed service valves
• High pressure sensor anomaly
• High pressure switch anomaly
Note:If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
131 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E41(E51)
7-segment display: E41(E51)-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Power transistor overheat
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Check the temperature of
power transistor
Check the operation of
outdoor fan and cooling fan
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Does the outdoor fan run ?
2.Error detection method
NO
YES
Reset power supply and restart
When anomalously high
temperature is detected by
power transistor temperature
thermistor (Tho-P1)
Does the
error recur when restarting?
NO
YES
Is the
cooling fan for inverter running?
Anomalously high temperature
of power transistor is detected 5
times within 60 minutes (E41).
Or it is detected for 15 minutes
continuously
(E51)
Is 15V
of power for control PCB
detected?
If the cooling fan does not
run in spite of the operation
ON range, check the
voltage at the connector of
cooling fan.
If the 220/240V is detected,
repalce cooling fan motor.
If 0V is detected, replace
outdoor control PCB
NO
After checking the loose
connection of connetor
or breakage of harness,
replace inverter PCB
NO
Connect the connector of
thermistor securely.
Or replace power transistor
temperature thermistor
NO
Replace power transistor
temperature thermistor
YES
After power OFF
Is the
connection of power
transistor temperature thermistor
OK?
(Check short-circuit or breakage
of harness)
YES
4.Presumable cause
• Power transistor anomaly
• Power transistor temperature
thermistor anomaly
• Improperly fixing of power
transistor to radiator fin
• Inverter PCB anomaly
• Outdoor fan motor anomaly
• Anomalous cooling fan motor
for inverter
• Inadequate installation space
of outdoor unit
Is the
characteristics of power transitor
temperature thermistor OK? *
* Refer the characterristics
of power transistor temperature
thermistor to E56
YES
Is the fixing
of power transistor OK?
(Check tightening of screws or
application of radiation
silicon)
NO
YES
Note: The operating conditions of cooling fan for inverter is shown in the right figure
If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
Wait and see.
Continue to obain data, if
possible (Keep connecting
the Mente PC)
NO
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
Repair it according to the
troubleshooting procedure
of E48
Check it as much as
possible under the operating
conditions for 30 minutes
before error occurred
Fix power transistor on to
the radiation f n with proper
application of radiation
silicon
Replace power transistor
ON
OFF
81°C
85°C
Power transistor thermistor temperature
132 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E42
7-segment display: E42-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Current cut (CM1)
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Check pressure anomaly
Check the operation of
outdoor fan
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Is the
coil resistance and insulation
(megger check) of compressor
motor OK?
2.Error detection method
When anomalously high output
current of inverter is detected
by the current sensormounted in
the power transistor
NO
YES
Does the outdoor fan run ?
NO
Repair it according to the
troubleshooting of E48
NO
Replace inverter PCB or
outdoor fan motor
YES
Is 15V
of power for control PCB
detected? Is the outdoor fan motor
OK? (Refer the checking method of
15V
in page 90)
Check it as much as
possible under the
operating conditions for
30 minutes before error
occurred
YES
Reset power supply and restart
NO
Does E42 recur?
3. Condition of error displayed
YES
When 88A or higher output
current of inverter is detected 4
times within 15 minutes.
Replace compressor.
Check the capillary tube
and stariner of oil separator.
If necessary, replace the
capillary tube and strainer
as well.
Do you
have inverter checker for
judging whether inverter PCB is
OK or not?
NO
YES
After power OFF,
Remove the 1-3 layers
of control box
Wait and see.
Continue to obain data, if
possible
(Keep connecting the
Mente PC)
YES
Is the
checked result by
inverter checker
OK?
NO
Replace power transistor
module
Replace inverter PCB
4.Presumable cause
• Compressor anomaly
• Leakage of refrigerant
• Power transistor module
anomaly
• Anomalous power supply for
inverter PCB
• Outdoor fan motor anomaly
Is the
checked result by measuring
the resistance beween each terminal
of power transistor module OK?
(Are there any shortcircuit?)
NO
YES
Replace power transistor
module.
Refer Page 90.
(Remove the power cable
from
compressor and check the
resistance between P-U,
P-V, P-W, N-U, N-V, N-W
respectively.
Replace inverter PCB
Note: In case that there is no the insulation resistance anomaly, the compressor anomaly could be considered.
If this anomaly occurs after replacement of power transistor module and/or inverter PCB, try to replace compressor as well.
If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data
-
AMP Air Conditioning
133 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E43
7-segment display: E43-1, 2 *1
LED
Green
Red
Content
Excessive number of indoor units connected,
excessive total capacity of connection
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing
*1
*1 E43-1:1 time flash (Excessive number of indoor units connected), E43- :2 time flash (Excessive capacity of indoor units connection)
1.Applicable model
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating condition.
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Reset the power.
Does E43 recur?
Caution
Unless the power is reset
after changing address, the set
address will not be confirmed
NO
2.Error detection method
YES
When the number of connected
indoor units exceeds the
limitation.
When the total capacity of
connected indoor units exceeds
the limitation.
Does
the number of
indoor units connected and/or
total capacity of connected indoor units
exceed the limitation?
Check the number of connected
indoor units by the code No.C50
of 7-segment display or Mente
PC with reference to the utility
drawing (check not only one
system, but also other systems)
3. Condition of error displayed
• Excessive number of
connected indoor units
• Excessive total capacity of
connected indoor units
• The total capacity of
connected indoor units
exceeds the limitation
4.Presumable cause
Check the resistance
between A and B of signal
line as well.
YES
Check indoor unit
addresses and correct it.
In case that total capacity
of connected indoor units
exceeds the limitation
if tentative operation is
required, turn ON the
dip switch SW5-4 on the
outdoor control PCB.
(However since this
tentative solution could
cause trouble, be sure
to correct it as soon as
possible)
YES
Signal wire may be
connected to other outoor
unit system.
NO
Is there
any indoor units which
is not expected to exsist in
that signal
line?
Test run.
No action is taken because
it is judged that the power
reset was not done after
changing address.
NO
Throughly checking of the addresses of indoor/outdoor units
by means of
• Outdoor unit: Mente PC, 7-segment display and rotary
switch (SW1, SW2)
• Indoor unit: Remote controller and rotary switch
(SW1, 2, 3, 4)
* Recommend to use means other than the rotary switch which
could be faulty
• Mistake in setting of indoor/
outdoor unit addresses
• Mistake in signal wire
connection
Correct addresses.
(Either one of addresses is
wrong.)
If the address corrected by
rotary switch is still wrong,
replace control PCB (rotary
switch anomaly)
* Before replacement,
please confirm whether
the rotary switch for
address setting is not
damaged. (It was
experienced that No. 5
on rotary switch was not
recognized.)
Note: After completing the above procedure, reset the power and confirm that the error display does not recur. Unless the power
is reset for both indoor unit and outdoor unit, the set addresses will not be confirmed
-
AMP Air Conditioning
134 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E45
7-segment display: E45-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Communication error between
inverter PCB and outdoor control PCB
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Is 15V
of power for control PCB
detected? Is the outdoor fan motor OK?
(Refer the checking method of 15V
in page 90)
2.Error detection method
NO
Check it as much as
possible under the operating
conditions for 30 minutes
before error occurred
YES
Reset power supply and restart
When the communication
between inverter PCB and
outdoor control PCB is not
established.
Does E45 recur?
NO
Wait and see.
Continue to obain data, if
possible (Keep connecting
the Mente PC)
NO
Check whether the harness
is broken?
Check whether the
connector is loose?
 If there is problem,
correct it.
YES
Turn off the power.
IS the harness and/or
connector between inverter
PCB and outdoor control
PCB OK ?
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
Same as above.
Is the rush
current prevention resistor
broken?
YES
NO
Is the
harness and/or connector
between
inverter PCB and diode module
OK?
Check whether the harness
is broken?
Check whether the
connector is loose?
 If there is problem,
correct it.
NO
Correct the setting of
switches on the inverter
PCB
4.Presumable cause
• Signal wire anomaly
• Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
• Inverter PCB (INV1)
anomaly
• Rush current prevention
resistor anomaly
Disconnect the harness
from the resistor and
measure the resistance.
If broken, replace the
resistor.
In such case check the
harness between diode
module and inverter PCB
as well
NO
YES
Is the
setting of switches on the inverter
PCB OK? *
Replace inverter PCB or
outdoor fan motor
YES
Replace outdoor control
PCB
* Switch setting of inverter PCB
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4
JSW1-1
JSW1-2
JSW1-3
JSW1-4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Note: If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
135 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E46
7-segment display: E46
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Mixed address setting methods
coexistent in same network.
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Reset power supply and restart
Caution:
Unless the power is reset after changing
address, the set address will not be
confirmed.
2.Error detection method
If the signal line of a outdoor
unit system applied automatic
address setting is connected to
other outdoor unit system
(Detected at indoor unit side)
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Check the address setting
method of faulty network
whether it is automatic
setting or manual setting.
Does E46 recur?
NO
Test run.
* No action is taken
because it is judged that
the power rest is not done
after changing address
YES
Correct signal line
*In case of automatic
address setting, signal line
cannot be connected to
other outdoor unit system
NO
Test run
YES
Is't the
signal line of a outdoor
unit system applying automatic
address setting connected to
other outdoor unit
system?
NO
If signal line is connected to more than
2 outdoor unit systems, address setting
should be done by manually.
3. Condition of error displayed
Same as above.
Is E46 still displayed?
YES
Turn ON the power of each outdoor unit
one by one and search the outdoor unit
that can start up with automatic address
setting
4.Presumable cause
• Mistake in the address setting
• Mistake in the connection of
signal wire
Replace outdoor control
PCB*
(Rotary switch anomaly)
<Reference>
Error display at mixed address setting
Auto
Manual
Auto address setting
E31
E46
Manual address setting
E46
Normal
* Before replacement,
please confirm whether
the rotary switch for
address setting is not
damaged.
(It was experienced that
No.5 on rotary switch
was not recognized )
Note: After completing the above procedure, reset the power and confirm that the error display does not recur. Unless the power
is reset for both indoor unit and outdoor unit, the set addresses will not be confirmed
-
AMP Air Conditioning
136 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E48
7-segment display: E48-1, 2 *1
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing
Outdoor DC fan motor anomaly
*1
*1 E48-1: 1 time flash (FMO1), E48-2 : 2 time flash (FMO
1.Applicable model
5.Troubleshooting
also the fan motor 2 even if it is E48-1.
( Inspect
Inspect also the fan motor 1 even if it is E48-2. )
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Does the
fan rotate smoothly when turned
by hand?
NO
Replace fan motor
NO
Replace inverter PCB
or fan motor
YES
2.Error detection method
• If 400min-1 or lower of the
fan rotation command and the
state of overcurent are detected
for 10 times continueously
• If 100min-1 of the actual fan
rotation speed is detected for
30 seconds
(Fan motor is locked)
Is 15V
of power for control PCB
detected? Is the outdoor fan motor
OK? (Refer the checking method of
15V
in page 90)
Check it as much as
possible under the
operating conditions for
30 minutes before error
occurred
YES
Reset power supply and restart
Is E48
restored at 10 seconds after
compressor starting?
NO
Wait and see.
Continue to obain data, if
possible
(Keep connecting the
Mente PC)
NO
Replace fan motor
YES
Replace outdoor control
PCB
YES
3. Condition of error displayed
Same as above.
Turn the power supply OFF
Interchange the connectors of fan motor
harnesses at the connectors on outdoor
control PCB side
Start operation again
Is the
fan motor failed to start up
switched?
4.Presumable cause
• Breakage of harness
or loose conection of
connector
• Outdoor fan motor anomaly
• Inverter PCB anomaly
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
Note: If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
137 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E49
7-segment display: E49
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Low pressure anomaly
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Check error status.
Is the refrigerant amount
OK
Check additional
refrigerant amount charged
at site according to the
piping length instructed
on the label pasted on the
panel of the unit.
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Reset power supply and restart.
2.Error detection method
Does the
error occur immediately after
the startup?
NO
Detection of anomalously low
pressure
Does the low
pressure fluctuate after the
startup?
NO
YES
Is the
connection of sensor connector
OK?
Check whether the service
valves are open.
NO
Correct the connection
of low pressure sensor
connector
NO
Replace low pressure
sensor.
YES
Are the
sensor characteristics
OK?*
YES
* The sensor
characteristics is shown in
Page 140
3. Condition of error displayed
• At start up after power on:
When the low pressure sensor
detects lower than 0.003MPa
for 60 seconds continuously.
And if this anomaly occurs 2
times.
• During operation:
When the low pressure sensor
detects 0.134MPa or lower
for 30 seconds coninuously.
And if this anomaly occurs 5
times within 60 minutes
4.Presumable cause
• Low pressure sensor (PSL)
anomaly
• Service valves closed
• EEV anomaly (EEV closed)
• Insufficient refrigerant
amount
• Clogging at EEV or strainer
Is the opening
degree of EEV
for evaporator side
flucturing?
NO
YES
Replace outdoor control
PCB.
YES
Is the
connection of
thermistor connector for
heat exchanger
OK?
NO
YES
Is the checked
result of harness and insulation
of EEV coil OK?
Are the thermistor
characteristics OK?
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
Replace temperature
thermistor of heat
exchanger at evaporator
side.
Replace control PCB at
evaporator side.
Replace EEV coil.
NO
Does the
EEV operate
normally by judging
from Mente PC
data, etc?
Correct the connection of
temperature thermistor
connector of heat
exchanger
Isn’t EEV
or strainer
clogged?
YES
Replace EEV main body or
strainer.
Check for short circuit of
airflow of heat exchanger
at evaporator side and for
fan motor anomaly
NO
Note: Check whether the indoor unit is connected to other outdoor superlink network.
If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
138 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E53/E55
7-segment display: E53/E55-1
LED
Green
Red
Content
Suction pipe temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-S),
Under-dome temperature thermistor anomaly (Tho-C1)
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
E53: Tho-S, E55-1: Tho-C1
1.Applicable model
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Check the conditions
whether it occurs
immediately after the
power on or during
operation or stopping.
Check the sensed value.
Compare the temperature
on Mente PC with actual
measured value
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
2. Error detection method
Is
the connector of
thermistor connected
properly ?
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance) of
Tho-S or Tho-C
YES
Regarding the characteristics of
the thermistor, see the following chart
Are
the characteristics
of thermistor OK?
*1
3. Condition of error displayed
• Broken thermistor harness or
the internal wire of sensing
section (Check the molded
section as well)
• Disconnection of thermistor
harness connection
(connector)
• Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
Temperature-resistance characreristics of
suction pipe temperature thermistor (Tho-S)
Replace thermistor
(Tho-S or Tho-C1)
YES
Replace outdoor control
PCB
5kΩ at 25Cº
Temperature-resistance characreristics of
under-dome temperature thermistor (Tho-C1)
Tempearture thermistor resistance (kΩ)
4. Presumable cause
NO
*1 Check several times to prove any poor connection
Tempearture thermistor resistance (kΩ)
• if -50°C or lower is detected
for 5 seconds continuously
within 2 minutes to 2 minutes
20 seconds after compressor
ON, compressor stops. When
the compressor is restarted
automatically after 3-minutes
delay, if this anomaly occurs 3
times within 40 minutes
Insert the connector
securely
NO
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Temperature (Cº)
Temperature (Cº)
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
139 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
LED
Error code
Remote controller: E54
7-segment display: E54-1, 2 *1
*1 E54-1: 1 time flash (PSL),
Green
Red
Content
High pressure sensor anomaly (PSH)
Low pressure sensor anomaly (PSL)
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing
*1
E54-2 : 2 time flash (PSH)
5.Troubleshooting
1.Applicable model
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Check the conditions
whether it occurs
immediately after the
power on or during
operation or stopping.
Check the sensed value.
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Check the data for 30 minutes before stopping
YES
Is anomalous
pressure detected?
2.Error detection method
Detection of anomalous pressure
(valtage) of PSH or PSL
[
Operation range
High pressure : 0-4.15MPa
Low pressure : 0-1.7MPa
Is the
connector of the
sensor inserted
properly to the connector on
the outdoor control
PCB?
NO
]
NO
Insert the connector
securely and restart
operation
YES
Reset the power and restart operation.
NO
E54
Does it recur?
YES
Does
the pressure
converted from the
sensor output voltage match the
actual pressure measure
by pressure
gauge?
3. Condition of error displayed
If anomalous sensor output
voltage (0V or lower or 3.49V
or higher) is detected for 5
seconds within 2 minutes to 2
minutes 20 seconds after the
compressor ON
• Broken sensor harness
• Disconnection of sensor
harness connection
(connector)
• Sensor (PSH, PSL) anomaly
• Outdoor control PCB anomaly
• Anomalous installation
conditions
• Insufficient airflow volume
• Excessive or insufficient
refrigerant amount
YES
Replace sensor (PSH, PSL)
Replace outdoor control
PCB
Low pressure sensor
output characteristics
Output voltage (V)
High pressure sensor
output characteristics
Output voltage (V)
4.Presumable cause
NO
Temporary malfunction by
noise.
Correct if the source of
noise is specified
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
Sensor output Black (GND) – White; Output voltage (Black – Red; DC5V)
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
140 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E56
7-segment display: E56-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Power transitor temperature
thermistor anomaly (Tho-P1)
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating condition.
Check the conditions
whether it occurs
immediately after the
power on or during
operation or stopping.
Check the sensed value.
Compare the temperature
of Mente PC data with
actual measured value
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
2.Error detection method
Is the
connector of
thermistor connected
properly OK
?
Detection of anomalously low
temperature (resistance) of
Tho-P1
Insert the connector
securely
NO
YES
Are the
characteristics of
thermistor OK?
*1
Replace power transistor
temperature thermistor
(Tho-P1).
NO
Replace outdoor control
PCB.
YES
*1 Check several times to prove any poor connection
Temperature-resistance characteristics of power transistor
temperature thermistor (Tho-P1)
3. Condition of error displayed
When the outdoor air temperature
is above 0ºC, if -10ºC or lower
is detected for 20 seconds
continuously within 10 minutes
to 10 minutes 30 seconds after
compressor ON, compressor stops.
When the compressor is restarted
automatically after 3-minutes
delay, if this anomaly occurs 3
times within 40 minutes
Power transistor thermistor
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Temperature (°C)
4.Presumable cause
• Broken thermistor harness or
the internal wire of sensing
section (Check the molded
section as well)
• Disconnection of thermistor
harness connection
(connector)
• Outdoor control PCB
anomaly
Note:
-
AMP Air Conditioning
141 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E58
7-segment display: E58-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
Anomalous compressor
by loss of synchronism
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Check and save the data of
operating condition
Check the data for 30 minutes before stopping
2.Error detection method
E58 is displayed on 7-segment
LED
Is this
the first startup
within one hour after power
is supplied?
YES
NO
Is there any
replacement record of
inverter
PCB ?
3. Condition of error displayed
YES
Refrigerant might be
migrated in the refrigerant
oil in the compressor.
Wait for about one hour
under the condition of
power ON and start again.
( Turn the on crankcase
heater ON and evaporate
the liquid refrigerant
migrated in the compressor.
The model setting could be
wrong.
Check the dip switch
for model setting on the
outdoor control PCB.
NO
This anomaly is established 4
times within 15 minutes.
Compressor could be locked
-Replace the compressor
4.Presumable cause
• Insufficient time elapsed after
the power supplied, before
compressor startup.
(Startup the compressor
wihtout crankcase heater ON)
• Compressor anomaly
Note: If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
142 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E59
7-segment display: E59-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Compressor startup failure (CM)
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Check the data for 30 minutes before stopping
Is
power supply voltage
OK?
2.Error detection method
When it fails to change over to
the operation for rotor position
detection of compressor motor
(If the compressor speed cannot
increase 11Hz or higher)
YES
NO
specification of power supply
voltage
380/415V
Is the
pressure equalized
during 3-minute delay
before startup?
NO
YES
Is there
any loose connection
or breakage of cable
connected to the terminal
of the compressor?
NO
Check the power supply
voltage and correct it
Check the version No. of
software (Is it latest?)
Check whether the solenoid
valve SV6 at the exit of oil
separator is open during
compressor stopping.
(Is the pressure equalized?)
Replace the cable
(If there is a problem on
the terminal of compressor,
replace the compressor
YES
Under the condition of no pressure difference,
startup by test operation mode
3. Condition of error displayed
If the compressor fails to startup
for 20 times (10 patterns x 2
times) continuously.
Is it
the unit with one
compressor?
NO
Check the Model
YES
Wait and see
YES
Replace compressor
NO
Replace inverter PCB or
power transistor module.
(Check 15V on the outdoor
control PCB and check
power transistor by inverter
checker.
If the power transistor is
OK, replace inverter PCB)
YES
Can startup?
NO
Is there
any output of
inverter?
4.Presumable cause
• Anomalous voltage of power
supply
• Anomalous components for
refrigerant circuit
• Inverter PCB anomaly
• Loose connection of
connector or cable
• Compressor anomaly (Motor
or bearing)
Note: If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
143 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E60
7-segment display: E60-1
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Rotor position detection failure
(CM)
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Outdoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
Is
power supply voltage
OK?
Correct it
NO
YES
Check it as much as
possible under the
operating conditions for
30 minutes before error
occurred
Reset the power supply and restart operation
2.Error detection method
Detection of the compressor
rotor position.
YES
YES
Can
the compressor
startup?
Correct it according to the
troubleshooting procedure
of E59
Does E59 occur?
NO
NO
Does E42 occur?
YES
Correct it according to the
troubleshooting procedure
of E42
YES
Replace compressor
Is the
sound and vibration of
the compressor
normal?
3. Condition of error displayed
If it fails to detect the rotor
position of compressor, after
changinging over to the operation
of compressor rotor position
detection, the compressor stops.
When it is restart automatically
after 3 minutes delay, this
anomaly occurs 4 times within 15
minute after the initial detection
NO ( anomalous sound and vibration )
YES
Is it
operated normally
without occurrence
of E60?
Check the insulation
resistance and coil
resistance of compressor.
If necessary, replace
compressor
NO
Replace compressor
YES
Temporary malfunction by
noise.
4.Presumable cause
• Compressor anomaly
• Inverter PCB anomaly
• Anomaly of power supply
Note: If the error does not recur, connect the Mente PC and continue to collect data.
-
AMP Air Conditioning
144 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Error code
Remote controller: E63
7-segment display: E63
1.Applicable model
LED
Green
Red
Content
Indoor Keeps flashing Stays Off
Emergency stop
Outdoor Keeps flashing 1 time flash
5.Troubleshooting
Indoor unit
Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Check and save the data of
operating conditions
Check the conditions
whether it occurs
immediately after the power
on or during operation.
Save data for 30 minutes before stopping in Mente PC
2.Error detection method
Is the
remote controller setting
of Emergency Stop
"Valid"?
Replace remote control
PCB
NO
YES
When ON signal is inputted
to the CnT terminal of indoor
control PCB
Is ON
signal inputted to the
CnT terminal of indoor
control PCB?
NO
YES
Replace indoor control
PCB
Check the cause of
emergency stop.
(It is better to have the data
for 30 minutes before
stopping, when instructing
the installer)
3. Condition of error displayed
Same as above
4.Presumable cause
Factors for emergency stop
Note: Indoor unit detected emergency stop signal gives command "all stop"
-
AMP Air Conditioning
145 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
8.4 Outdoor unit control PCB replacement procedure
PCB012D017A j
Precautions for Safety
Since the following precaution is the important contents for safety, be sure to observe them.
WARNING and CAUTION are described as follows:
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which will result in death or serious injury if
WARNING
proper safety procedures and instructions are not adhered to.
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which may result in minor or moderate injury
if proper safety procedures and instructions are not adhered to.
WARNING
Securely replace PCB according to this following instruction.
If PCB is incorrectly replace, it will cause an electric shock or -re .
Be sure to check that the power source for the outdoor unit is turned OFF before replace PCB,
The PCB replacement under current-carrying will cause an electric shock.
After -nishing PCB replacement, check that wiring is correctly c onnected with the PCB before power
distribution, If PCB is incorrectly replace, it will cause an electric shock or -re.
CAUTION
Bundle the wiring so as not to tense because it will cause an electric shock.
(Note) If cut the tie, the wiring cables should be bound with new tie again.
Exchange the control PCB according to the following procedure.
1. Replace the control PCB after elapsing 3 minutes from power OFF.
(Be sure to measure voltage (DC) at both capacitor terminals (1. Power supply for PCB 2. Power supply for fan motor)
and check that the voltage is discharged completely. (Refer to Fig.1))
2. Disconnect the connectors from the PCB.
3. Disconnect the blue wiring passing through CT1 on the PCB before replace the coutrol PCB.
4. Set the setting switches (SW1-6) of new PCB same as previous PCB.
5. Tighten up a screw after passing blue wiring through CT1 of the changed.
6. Connect the connectors to the PCB. (Contirm the connectors are not half inserted.)
CNEEV2
CNEEV1
CNFAN_2
CNA2
CNFAN_1
CNQ3
2
2
CNQ1
CNTH
CNW
CNX1
After elapsing 3 minutes
from power OFF
CT1
CNB2
CNU1
CNF2
CNF1
CNP1
CNA2
CNQ3
CNL1
CN 2
CNS1
CNS2
CNG1
CNG2
CNI
CNN2
CNN1
CNN9
CNN6
CNN4
CNR1
CNM1
Parts arrangement view
-
AMP Air Conditioning
1 Reuse the parts used before the PCB exchange.
2 Please do not carry out wrong insertion.
The PCB will be destroyed if a mistake is made
in putting CNA2 (brown) and CNQ3 (yellow).
146 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
Fan motor voltage measurement point
(between L63, L64)
PCB voltage measurement point
(between F1, DS1(-))
Fig.1 Voltage measurement points
Target PCB
Appearance of the controller
-
AMP Air Conditioning
147 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
8.5 Inverter PCB replacement procedure
PCB012D018AB H
Precautions for Safety
f Since the following precaution is the important contents for safety, be sure to observe them.
WARNING and CAUTION are described as follows:
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which will result in death or serious injury if
WARNING
proper safety procedures and instructions are not adhered to.
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which may result in minor or moderate injury
if proper safety procedures and instructions are not adhered to.
WARNING
f Securely replace PCB according to this following instruction.
If PCB is incorrectly replace, it will cause an electric shock or fire.
f Be sure to check that the power source for the outdoor unit is turned OFF before replace PCB,
The PCB replacement under current-carrying will cause an electric shock.
f After finishing PCB replacement, check that wiring is correctly connected with the PCB before power
distribution, If PCB is incorrectly replace, it will cause an electric shock or fire.
CAUTION
f Bundle the wiring so as not to tense because it will cause an electric shock.
(Note) If cut the tie, the wiring cables should be bound with new tie again.
fExchange the inverter PCB according to the following procedure.
1. Replace the inverter PCB after elapsing 3 minutes from power OFF.
(Be sure to measure voltage (DC, AC) of two places ((A)(B)) and check that the voltage is discharged
completely. (Refer to Fig.1))
2. Disconnect all of terminals and connectors from the inverter PCB before replace the invertor PCB.
3. Replace to the new PCB.
4. Set the setting switches (JSW 10, 11) of new PCB as shown in table 1.
5. Connect all of terminals and connectors to the new PCB securely.
(Check the secure connection of terminals and connectors again)
CNR
CNI2
CNA
JSW10,11
Table.1 Switch Setting
JSW10
Model
All models
JSW11
1 2 3 4
all OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
After elapsing 3 minutes
from power OF
F
Connectors are not
half inserted
Parts Arrangement View
-
AMP Air Conditioning
148 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
PCB voltage measurement point
PCB
PCB voltage measurement point
Fig.1 Voltage Measurement Points
Terminal
Harness
Snubber capacitor
Inverter PCB
Connection binder
(Metallic pillar)
Power transistor
Installation Method to Power transistor
•
Procedure on tightening harness (snubber capacitor) and power transistor with screw.
A metallic connection binder is set in each hole of the inverter PCB of "P", "N", "U", "V", and "W"
beforehand. Then tighten the harness (snubber capacitor) and the power transistor with the screw together.
(Connect snubber capacitor with "P" and "N".)
-
AMP Air Conditioning
149 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
8.6 Outdoor unit transistor module replacement procedure
PCB012D008A
Precautions for Safety
¡Since the following precaution is the important contents for safety, be sure to observe them.
WARNING and CAUTION are described as follows:
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which will result in death or serious injury if
WARNING
proper safety procedures and instructions are not adhered to.
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which may result in minor or moderate injury
if proper safety procedures and instructions are not adhered to.
WARNING
¡Securely exchange the transistor module according to this procedure.
If the transistor module is incorrectly exchanged, it will cause an electric shock or fire.
¡Be sure to check that the power source for the outdoor unit is turned OFF before exchanging the transistor
module. The transistor module exchange under current-carrying will cause an electric shock.
¡After finishing the transistor module exchange, check that wiring is correctly connected with the transistor module
before power distribution. If the transistor module is incorrectly exchanged, it will cause an electric shock or fire.
CAUTION
¡Band the wiring so as not to tense because it will cause an electric shock.
It is recommended to exchange the transistor module according to the following procedure.
1. S
tart the replacing work ten minutes after turning off the power. (Be sure to measure the voltage (DC)
between the capacitor terminals (P,N of transistor module or connector terminals of fan motor power etc.)
to check that the capacitor have been discharged completely.)
2. Disassemble the control box.
3. Disconnect with the wire (U,V,W,P,N ) to the transistor module.
(See Fig 1.Parts Arrangement View)
4. Pull up the inverter substrate from transistor module.
Remove transistor module after removing the screw for transistor module.
5. Attach the transistor module. Coat the transistor module where its reverse-side all over
with accessories silicone grease (MRE equipment SA03434 or SA01846)uniformly.
6. Set the inverter substrate with make sure of connect connector.
7. Connect with the wire (U,V,W,P,N ) to the transistor module.
8. Assemble the control box as before.
Connector connected by inverter substrate
P
wire (red)
N
wire (blue)
W
wire (blue)
V
U
wire (white)
wire (red)
Fig.1Part Arrangement View
-
AMP Air Conditioning
150 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
 Function of Dip switch for contorl (SW3, 4, 5)
• SW3 (Function setting)
Switch
• SW4 (Change demand ratio)
Function
SW3-1
SW3-7
Switch
ON
Inspection LED reset
OFF
Normal
ON
Forced cooling/heating
OFF
Normal
Function
ON
SW4-5
SW4-6
OFF
OFF
Compressor capacity 60%
ON
Compressor capacity 0%
OFF
Compressor capacity 80%
ON
Compressor capacity 40%
• SW5 (Function setting)
ON/OFF
 Function of Jumper wire (J13, 15)
(With: Shorted / None: Opened)
Jumper
J13
J15
SW5-1
Function
SW5-2
With
External input Level input
None
External input Pulse input
With
Defrost time Normal
None
Defrost time Cold weather region
SW5-3
SW5-5
• SW4 (Model selection)
Switch
Test run switch
Test run
OFF
Test run switch
Normal
ON
Test run operation mode Cooling
ON
OFF
Test run operation mode Heating
ON
Pump down switch
Pump down
OFF
Pump down switch
Normal
ON
Super link protocol: Previos SL
OFF
Super link protocol: New SL
• SW7, 8, 9 (Function setting)
SW4
Switch
1
2
3
4
224
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
280
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Model
Function
Function
SW7
Data erase/data write
SW8
7-segment dispalay No.UP
order of 1
SW9
7-segment dispalay No.UP
order of 10
 Function of Connector
Connector
Function
CNEEV1
Heating EEV
CNEEV2
Sub-cooling coil EEV
CNA2
Power fan motor
CNFAN1
Fan motor 1
CNFAN2
Fan motor 2
CNQ1
High pressure switch (CM1)
CNTH
Color
Connector
Function
Color
Red
CNF2
Sub-cooling coil thermistor 1
Green
White
CNP1
Power transistor thermistor (CM)
Yellow
-
CNL1
High pressure sensor
Blue
White
CNL2
Low pressure sensor
White
Red
CNS1
External input
-
White
CNS2
Demand input
-
Heat exchanger thermistor 1 (Exit/front)
CNN1
4-way switching solenoid valve
Discharge pipe thermistor
CNN2
Solenoid valve・oil return (CM1)
Green
CNN4
Solenoid valve (gas by pass)
Orange
Suction pipe thermistor
White
External air thermistor
Red
CNN6
Solenoid valve (liquid bypass)
Pink
Red
CNN9
Solenoid valve (gas bypass)
Black
Under-dome thermistor (CM1)
Blue
CMM1
Solenoid valve for CM
Gray
Sub-cooling coil thermistor 1
White
CNR1
Crankcase heater
White
CNB2
Heat exchanger thermistor 2
CNU1
CNF1
-
AMP Air Conditioning
151 www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
٨DIP Switch setting list
(1) Outdoor unit
(a) Control PCB
㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㪼㫊
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪸㪻㪻㫉㪼㫊㫊㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪇㪀㩷
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㪸㪻㪻㫉㪼㫊㫊㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪀㩷
㪠㫅㫊㫇㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪣㪜㪛㩷㫉㪼㫊㪼㫋㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪩㪼㪽㫉㪼㫊㪿㩷㫄㫆㪻㪼㫃㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂㩷㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫊㫋㪸㫉㫋
㪧㫀㫇㪼㩷㫎㪸㫊㪿㫀㫅㪾㩷㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪝㫆㫉㪺㪼㪻㩷㪿㪼㪸㫋㫀㫅㪾㪆㪺㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪪㪮㪈
㪪㪮㪉
㪪㪮㪊㪄㪈
㪪㪮㪊㪄㪉
㪪㪮㪊㪄㪊
㪪㪮㪊㪄㪋
㪪㪮㪊㪄㪌
㪪㪮㪊㪄㪍
㪪㪮㪊㪄㪎
㪪㪮㪊㪄㪏
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪈
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪉
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪊
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪋
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪌
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪍
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪎
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪏
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪈
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪉
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪊
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪋
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪌
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪍
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪎
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪏
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪈
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪉
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪊
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪋
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪌
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪍
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪎
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪏
㪪㪮㪎
㪪㪮㪏
㪪㪮㪐
㪡㪈㪇
㪡㪈㪈
㪡㪈㪉
㪡㪈㪊
㪡㪈㪋
㪡㪈㪌
㪡㪈㪍
㪛㪼㪽㪸㫌㫃㫋㩷㫊㪼㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾
㪇㪄㪐
㪇㪄㪐
㪋
㪐
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪥
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㪩㪼㫊㪼㫋
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㪪㫋㪸㫉㫋
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㪪㫋㪸㫉㫋
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㪝㫆㫉㪺㪼㪻
㪤㫆㪻㪼㫃㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪩㪼㫄㪸㫉㫂㫊
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㫂㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝㩷
㫂㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪥㩷
㫂㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝㩷
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㫂㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝㩷
㪘㫊㩷㫇㪼㫉㩷㫄㫆㪻㪼㫃
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪦㪝㪝
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪦㪝㪝
㪫㪼㫊㫋㩷㫉㫌㫅㩷㪪㪮
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㪫㪼㫊㫋㩷㫉㫌㫅
㪦㪝㪝
㪫㪼㫊㫋㩷㫉㫌㫅㩷㫄㫆㪻㪼
㪟㪼㪸㫋㫀㫅㪾㪁㪆㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾
㪦㪝㪝
㪧㫌㫄㫇㩷㪻㫆㫎㫅㩷㫆㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㪧㫌㫄㫇㩷㪻㫆㫎㫅
㪦㪝㪝
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪦㪝㪝
㪪㫌㫇㪼㫉㫃㫀㫅㫂㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪥㪼㫎㩷㪪㪣㪁㪆㪧㫉㪼㫍㫀㫆㫌㫊㩷㪪㪣 㪦㪝㪝
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪦㪝㪝
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪦㪝㪝
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪦㪝㪝
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪦㪝㪝
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪦㪝㪝
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪦㪝㪝
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪦㪝㪝
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪦㪝㪝
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪦㪝㪝
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪦㪝㪝
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪦㪝㪝
㪜㫉㪸㫊㪼㪁㪆㪮㫉㫀㫋㪼
㪛㪸㫋㪸㩷㩷㩷㪜㫉㪸㫊㪼㪆㪮㫉㫀㫋㪼
㪦㪝㪝
㪎㪄㫊㪼㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪻㫀㫊㫇㫃㪸㫐㩷㪺㫆㪻㪼㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㫀㫅㪺㫉㪼㪸㫊㪼㩷㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪀
㪇
㪎㪄㫊㪼㪾㫄㪼㫅㫋㩷㪻㫀㫊㫇㫃㪸㫐㩷㪺㫆㪻㪼㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㫀㫅㪺㫉㪼㪸㫊㪼㩷㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪇㪀
㪇
㪪㫌㫇㪼㫉㫃㫀㫅㫂㩷㫋㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㫊㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㫊㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㫋㫆㩷㫊㫇㪸㫉㪼 㪮㫀㫋㪿
㪪㪼㪼㩷㫋㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䋱
㪛㪼㫄㪸㫅㪻㩷㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪧㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㫍㫆㫃㫋㪸㪾㪼㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪪㪼㪼㩷㫋㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪉
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㪟㪼㪸㫋㫀㫅㪾
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪥㪼㫎㩷㪪㪣㩿㪘㫌㫋㫆㪀
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪜㫉㪸㫊㪼
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㪘㫊㩷㫇㪼㫉㩷㫍㫆㫃㫋㪸㪾㪼
㪜㫏㫋㪼㫉㫅㪸㫃㩷㫀㫅㫇㫌㫋
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪛㪼㪽㫉㫆㫊㫋㩷㫊㫋㪸㫉㫋㩷㫋㪼㫄㫇㪼㫉㪸㫋㫌㫉㪼
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㩷㫋㫐㫇㪼㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃㪁㪆㪧㫌㫃㫊㪼
㪪㪼㪼㩷㫋㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪊
㪣㪼㫍㪼㫃
㪮㫀㫋㪿
㪮㫀㫋㪿
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㪮㫀㫋㪿
㪘㪪㩷㫇㪼㫉㩷㫄㫆㪻㪼㫃
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㪚㫆㫃㪻㩷㫉㪼㪾㫀㫆㫅
㪢㪼㪼㫇㩷㪮㫀㫋㪿
㪪㪼㪼㩷㫋㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪈
㪁㩷㪛㪼㪽㪸㫌㫃㫋㩷㫊㪼㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾
Table 1㪑㩷㪤㫆㪻㪼㫃㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪪㪮㪋㪄㪈㪄㪪㪮㪋㪄㪋㩷㪸㫅㪻㩷㪡㪈㪍
㪇㪑㩷㪦㪝㪝㩷 㪈㪑㪦㪥
㪉㪉㪋
㪉㪏㪇
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪈
㪇
㪈
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪉
㪇
㪇
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪊
㪇
㪇
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪋
㪇
㪇
㪡㪈㪍
㪥㫆㫅㪼
㪥㫆㫅㪼
Table 2㪑㩷㪛㪼㫄㪸㫅㪻㩷㫉㪸㫋㫀㫆㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪪㪮㪋㪄㪌㪃㩷㪪㪮㪋㪄㪍
㪇㪑㩷㪦㪝㪝 㪈㪑㪦㪥
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪌
㪪㪮㪋㪄㪍
㪚㫆㫄㫇㫉㪼㫊㫊㫆㫉㩷㪺㪸㫇㪸㪺㫀㫋㫐㩷㩿㩼㪀
㪇
㪇
㪏㪇
㪈
㪇
㪍㪇
㪇
㪈
㪋㪇
㪈
㪈
㪇
Table 3㪑㩷㪧㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㫍㫆㫃㫋㪸㪾㪼㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪡㪈㪈㪃㩷㪡㪈㪉
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋
㪊㪏㪇㪆㪋㪈㪌㪭㩷㪌㪇㪟㫑
㪇㪑㩷㪥㫆㫅㪼 㪈㪑㩷㪮㫀㫋㪿
㪡㪈㪉
㪇
㪡㪈㪈
㪇
(2) Indoor unit
㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㪼㫊
㪪㪮㪈
㪪㪮㪉
㪪㪮㪊
㪪㪮㪋
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪈
㪪㪮㪌㪄㪉
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪈
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪉
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪊
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪋
㪪㪮㪎㪄㪈
㪪㪮㪎㪄㪉
㪪㪮㪎㪄㪊
㪪㪮㪎㪄㪋
㪡㪪㪣㪈
㪛㪼㫊㪺㫉㫀㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㩷㪸㪻㪻㫉㪼㫊㫊㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪇㪀
㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㩷㪸㪻㪻㫉㪼㫊㫊㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪀
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㩷㪸㪻㪻㫉㪼㫊㫊㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪇㪀
㪦㫌㫋㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㩷㪸㪻㪻㫉㪼㫊㫊㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪀
㪪㫌㫇㪼㫉㫃㫀㫅㫂㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪘㫌㫋㫆㫄㪸㫋㫀㪺㪁㪆㪧㫉㪼㫍㫀㫆㫌㫊㩷㪪㪣
㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㩷㪸㪻㪻㫉㪼㫊㫊㩷㪥㫆㪅㩷㩿㪦㫉㪻㪼㫉㩷㫆㪽㩷㪈㪇㪇㪀
㪇
㪇
㪋
㪐
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪤㫆㪻㪼㫃㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪘㫊㩷㫇㪼㫉㩷㫄㫆㪻㪼㫃
㪫㪼㫊㫋㩷㫉㫌㫅㪃㩷㪛㫉㪸㫀㫅㩷㫄㫆㫋㫆㫉
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪪㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪩㪼㫊㪼㫉㫍㪼㪻
㪪㫌㫇㪼㫉㫃㫀㫅㫂㩷㫋㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㫊㫇㪸㫉㪼
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㪫㪼㫊㫋㩷㫉㫌㫅
㪛㪼㪽㪸㫌㫃㫋㩷㫊㪼㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪦㪝㪝
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃㪁㪆㫊㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㫋㫆㩷㫊㫇㪸㫉㪼 㪮㫀㫋㪿
㪁㩷㪛㪼㪽㪸㫌㫃㫋㩷㫊㪼㫋㫋㫀㫅㪾
㪫㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪈㪑㩷㪠㫅㪻㫆㫆㫉㩷㫌㫅㫀㫋㩷㫄㫆㪻㪼㫃㩷㫊㪼㫃㪼㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㫎㫀㫋㪿㩷㪪㪮㪍㪄㪈㪄㪪㪮㪍㪄㪋
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪈
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪉
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪊
㪪㪮㪍㪄㪋
㪧㪉㪉
㪇
㪇
㪇
㪇
㪧㪉㪏
㪈
㪇
㪇
㪇
AMP Air Conditioning
㪧㪊㪍
㪇
㪈
㪇
㪇
㪧㪋㪌
㪇
㪇
㪈
㪇
㪧㪌㪍
㪇
㪈
㪈
㪇
㪧㪎㪈
㪇
㪇
㪇
㪈
㪧㪐㪇
㪇
㪈
㪇
㪈
㪩㪼㫄㪸㫉㫂㫊
㪇㪄㪐
㪇㪄㪐
㪇㪄㪐
㪇㪄㪐
㪘㫌㫋㫆㫄㪸㫋㫀㪺
㪇
㪦㪝㪝㪑㩷㪇㪃㩷㪦㪥㪑㩷㪈
㪪㪼㪼㩷㫋㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪈
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㫂㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㫂㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㫂㪼㪼㫇㩷㪦㪝㪝
㪥㫆㫉㫄㪸㫃
㪧㪈㪈㪉
㪈
㪈
㪇
㪈
㪧㪈㪋㪇
㪇
㪇
㪈
㪈
㪧㪈㪍㪇
㪈
㪇
㪈
㪈
-
152 -
㪇㪑㩷㪦㪝㪝 㪈㪑㪦㪥
㪧㪉㪉㪋 㪧㪉㪏㪇
㪇
㪈
㪈
㪈
㪈
㪈
㪈
㪈
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
'11 • KX-T-166
9 OUTDOOR UNIT (Service code L)
9.1 Exterior dimensions
(1) Outdoor unit
Models FDCR224KXE6, 280KXE6
PCB003Z362 A
-
AMP Air Conditioning
153 -
#
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]
VRF INVERTER MULTI-SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS
Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Systems Headquarters
16-5, Konan 2-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-8215 Japan
http://www.mhi.co.jp
Because of our policy of continuous improvement, we reserve the right to make changes in all specifications without notice.
C Copyright MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD.
AMP Air Conditioning
www.ampair.co.uk | [email protected]